UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
 
(Mark One)
x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015
or
¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
 
Commission
File Number	 	Registrant, State of Incorporation
Address and Telephone Number	 	I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.	
333-175075	 	 	 	22-2894486	
 
J.CREW GROUP, INC.
(Incorporated in Delaware)
 
770 Broadway
New York, New York 10003
Telephone: (212) 209 2500
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) and 12(g) of the Act: None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   x     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   ¨     No   x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer	 	¨	  	Accelerated filer	 	¨	
 	 	 	 	
Non-accelerated filer	 	x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	  	Smaller reporting company	 	¨	
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x
As of August 2, 2014, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, there was no established public trading market for the common stock of the registrant and therefore, an aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock is not determinable.
There were 1,000 shares of the Company’s $0.01 par value common stock outstanding on March 13, 2015.

 

 

 
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This report contains “forward-looking statements,” which include information concerning our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events, future revenues or performance, capital expenditures, financing needs and other information that is not historical information. Many of these statements appear under the headings “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” particularly under the sub-heading “Outlook.” When used in this report, the words “estimate,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “project,” “plan,” “intend,” “believe” and variations of such words or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, our examination of operating trends, are based upon our current expectations and various assumptions. We believe there is a reasonable basis for our expectations and beliefs, but there can be no assurance that we will realize our expectations or that our beliefs will prove correct.
There are a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this report. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ include, but are not limited to, our substantial indebtedness and the indebtedness of our indirect parent, for which we intend to pay a dividend to service such debt, and our substantial lease obligations, the strength of the global economy, declines in consumer spending or changes in seasonal consumer spending patterns, competitive market conditions, our ability to anticipate and timely respond to changes in trends and consumer preferences, our ability to successfully develop, launch and grow our newer concepts and execute on strategic initiatives, product offerings, sales channels and businesses, adverse or unseasonable weather, material disruption to our information systems, our ability to implement our real estate strategy, our ability to implement our international expansion strategy, our ability to attract and retain key personnel, interruptions in our foreign sourcing operations, and other factors which are set forth under the heading “Risk Factors.” There may be other factors of which we are currently unaware or deem immaterial that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements.
All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf apply only as of the date they are made and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this report. Except as may be required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date they were made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 
2

 
PART I
 
ITEM  1.	BUSINESS.	
“J.Crew,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to J.Crew Group, Inc. (“Group”) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, including J.Crew Operating Corp. (“Operating”). “Parent” refers to Group’s ultimate parent, Chinos Holdings, Inc.
Overview
J.Crew is an internationally recognized multi-brand apparel and accessories retailer that differentiates itself through high standards of quality, style, design and fabrics. We are a vertically-integrated omni-channel specialty retailer that operates stores and websites both domestically and internationally. We design, market and sell our products, including those under the J.Crew ®  and Madewell ®  brands, offering complete assortments of women’s, men’s and children’s apparel and accessories. We believe our customer base consists primarily of affluent, college-educated, professional and fashion-conscious women and men.  
We sell our J.Crew and Madewell merchandise through our retail and factory stores, our websites and our catalogs. As of January 31, 2015, we operated 280 J.Crew retail stores, 139 J.Crew factory stores, and 85 Madewell stores throughout the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom and Hong Kong; compared to 265 J.Crew retail stores, 121 J.Crew factory stores, and 65 Madewell stores as of February 1, 2014. Additionally, we opened our first store in Paris, France in March 2015.
Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31, typically resulting in a 52-week year, but occasionally includes an additional week, resulting in a 53-week year. All references to fiscal 2014 reflect the results of the 52-week period ended January 31, 2015; all references to fiscal 2013 reflect the results of the 52-week period ended February 1, 2014; and all references to fiscal 2012 reflect the results of the 53-week period ended February 2, 2013. In addition, all references to fiscal 2015 reflect the 52-week period ending January 30, 2016.
We were incorporated in the State of New York in 1988 and reincorporated in the State of Delaware in October 2005. Our principal executive offices are located at 770 Broadway, New York, NY 10003, and our telephone number is (212) 209-2500.
On March 7, 2011, J.Crew Group, Inc. was acquired by affiliates of TPG Capital, L.P. (together with such affiliates, “TPG”) and Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. (“LGP” and together with TPG, the “Sponsors”) in a transaction, referred to as the “Acquisition,” valued at approximately $3.1 billion, including the incurrence of $1.6 billion of debt and approximately $152 million of transaction costs. As a result of the Acquisition, our stock is no longer publicly traded. Currently, the issued and outstanding shares of J.Crew Group, Inc. are indirectly owned by affiliates of the Sponsors, certain co-investors and members of management.
Brands and Merchandise
We project our brand image through consistent creative messaging in our store environments, websites and catalogs and with our superior customer service. We maintain our brand image by exercising substantial control over the design, production, presentation and pricing of our merchandise and primarily by selling our products ourselves. Senior management is extensively involved in all phases of our business including product design and sourcing, assortment planning, store selection and design, website experience and the selection of photography for each catalog.
J.Crew. Introduced in 1983, J.Crew offers a complete assortment of women’s and men’s apparel and accessories, including outerwear, suiting, casual attire, wedding and bridesmaids dresses, swimwear, shoes, handbags, belts, socks, jewelry and more. J.Crew offers products ranging from casual t-shirts and denim to limited edition “collection” items, such as hand-embellished sweaters and coats, Italian cashmere, limited edition prints and patterns, and vintage inspired details. We also offer a curated selection of other brands that we have partnered with offering unique, hard-to-find items consistent with our brand philosophy. J.Crew products are sold through our J.Crew retail and factory stores and our J.Crew and factory websites. Our J.Crew catalog provides a branding and traffic-driving vehicle that supports all channels of distribution. Introduced in 2006, crewcuts reflects the same high standard of quality, style and design that we offer under the J.Crew brand. Crewcuts offers a product assortment of apparel and accessories for the children’s market from infant to children’s size 14. Crewcuts products are sold through stand-alone retail and factory stores, shop-in-shops in our J.Crew retail and factory stores and our J.Crew and factory websites.
Madewell. Introduced in 2006, Madewell is a modern-day interpretation of a denim based clothing label originally founded in 1937. Madewell offers products exclusively for women, including perfect-fitting, heritage-inspired jeans and all the “downtown-cool” pieces to wear with them, from vintage-influenced tees, cardigans and blazers, to boots and jewelry. Madewell products are sold primarily through Madewell retail stores and our Madewell website.
3

 
A summary of our revenues by brand is as follows:
 
(in millions, except percentages)	  	Fiscal 2014	 	 	Fiscal 2013	 	 	Fiscal 2012(b)	 	
 	  	Amount	 	  	Percent of
Total	 	 	Amount	 	  	Percent of
Total	 	 	Amount	 	  	Percent of
Total	 	
J.Crew	  	$	2,295.1	  	  	 	89.0	% 	 	$	2,212.7	  	  	 	91.1	% 	 	$	2,066.2	  	  	 	92.8	% 	
Madewell	  	 	245.3	  	  	 	9.5	  	 	 	181.4	  	  	 	7.5	  	 	 	131.9	  	  	 	5.9	  	
Other(a)	  	 	39.3	  	  	 	1.5	  	 	 	34.2	  	  	 	1.4	  	 	 	29.6	  	  	 	1.3	  	
Total	  	$	2,579.7	  	  	 	100.0	% 	 	$	2,428.3	  	  	 	100.0	% 	 	$	2,227.7	  	  	 	100.0	% 	
 
(a)	Consists primarily of shipping and handling fees and revenues from third-party resellers.	

(b)	Consists of 53 weeks.	
Stores
J.Crew Retail. Our J.Crew retail stores are located in upscale regional malls, lifestyle centers and street locations. Our retail stores are designed and fixtured with the goal of creating a distinctive, sophisticated and inviting atmosphere, with displays and information about product quality. We believe situating our stores in desirable locations is critical to the success of our business, and we determine store locations, as well as individual store sizes, based on geographic location, demographic information, presence of anchor tenants in mall locations and proximity to other high-end specialty retail stores. As of January 31, 2015, we operated 280 J.Crew retail stores (including eight crewcuts stores) throughout the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom and Hong Kong.
Our J.Crew retail stores averaged approximately 6,300 total square feet as of January 31, 2015, but are “sized to the market,” which means that we adjust the size of a particular retail store based on the projected revenues from that particular store. For example, at the end of fiscal 2014, our largest retail store, located in New York, was approximately 21,000 square feet, and our smallest retail store, a crewcuts store located in Connecticut, was approximately 900 square feet.
J.Crew Factory. Our J.Crew factory stores are located primarily in large outlet malls and are designed with simple, volume driving visuals to maximize the sale of key items. We design and develop a specific line of merchandise for our J.Crew factory stores based primarily on products sold in previous seasons in our J.Crew retail stores and through our website. As of January 31, 2015, we operated 139 J.Crew factory stores (including three crewcuts factory stores) throughout the United States and Canada.
Our J.Crew factory stores averaged approximately 5,600 total square feet as of January 31, 2015, and are also “sized to the market.” For example, at the end of fiscal 2014, our largest factory store, located in New York, was approximately 10,300 square feet, and our smallest factory store, a factory crewcuts store located in Florida, was approximately 1,500 square feet.
Madewell. Our Madewell stores are located in upscale regional malls, lifestyle centers and street locations. Our Madewell store environments are carefully designed with the goal of capturing the look and feel of a downtown boutique, while reflecting high quality and sophistication. As of January 31, 2015, we operated 85 Madewell stores throughout the United States.
Our Madewell stores averaged approximately 3,500 total square feet as of January 31, 2015. At the end of fiscal 2014, our largest Madewell store, located in Washington, D.C., was approximately 9,600 square feet, and our smallest Madewell store, located in New York, was approximately 2,500 square feet.
4

 
A summary of the number of stores that we operated over the past three fiscal years is as follows:
 
 	 	J.Crew	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	Retail	 	 	Factory	 	 	Total	 	 	Madewell	 	  	Total	 	
Fiscal 2012:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Beginning of year	  	 	234	  	 	 	96	  	 	 	330	  	 	 	32	 	  	 	362	  	
New	  	 	19	  	 	 	10	  	 	 	29	  	 	 	17	 	  	 	46	  	
Closed	  	 	(6	) 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(6	) 	 	 	(1	) 	  	 	(7	)  	
End of year	  	 	247	  	 	 	106	  	 	 	353	  	 	 	48	 	  	 	401	  	
Fiscal 2013:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Beginning of year	  	 	247	  	 	 	106	  	 	 	353	  	 	 	48	 	  	 	401	  	
New	  	 	19	  	 	 	15	  	 	 	34	  	 	 	17	 	  	 	51	  	
Closed	  	 	(1	) 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	—	 	  	 	(1	)  	
End of year	  	 	265	  	 	 	121	  	 	 	386	  	 	 	65	 	  	 	451	  	
Fiscal 2014:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Beginning of year	  	 	265	  	 	 	121	  	 	 	386	  	 	 	65	 	  	 	451	  	
New	  	 	17	  	 	 	18	  	 	 	35	  	 	 	20	 	  	 	55	  	
Closed	  	 	(2	) 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	—	 	  	 	(2	)  	
End of year	  	 	280	  	 	 	139	  	 	 	419	  	 	 	85	 	  	 	504	  	
E-commerce
We also serve customers through our e-commerce business, which includes websites for the J.Crew, factory and Madewell brands. Our websites allow customers to purchase our merchandise over the Internet and include jcrew.com, jcrewfactory.com and madewell.com. Additionally, we utilize a third party to accept and fulfill website orders from customers in over 100 countries outside of the United States and Canada. We also use our websites to sell exclusive styles not available in stores, introduce and test new product offerings, offer extended sizes and colors on various products, and drive targeted marketing campaigns.
Financial Information about Segments
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, we changed our operating segments to align with our omni-channel strategy, which focuses on a seamless approach to the customer experience through all available sales channels. Prior to such change, as a multi-channel retailer, we allocated resources to our channels, Stores and Direct. As an omni-channel retailer, we now allocate resources to our brands. Therefore, we have determined our operating segments to be J.Crew and Madewell, which have been aggregated into one reportable segment because they have similar class of consumers, economic characteristics, nature of products, nature of production and distribution methods.
Shared Resources That Support Our Brands
Design and Merchandising
On the basis of data collected from customers through our e-commerce business, we believe our customer base consists primarily of affluent, college educated, professional and fashion-conscious women and men. We seek to appeal to our customers by creating high quality products that reflect our customers’ affluent and active lifestyles across a broad range of price points.
We believe one of our key strengths is our design team, which designs merchandise that reinforces our constantly evolving brands. Our collections are designed to reflect a clean and fashionable aesthetic that incorporates high quality fabrics and construction as well as consistent fits and detailing.
Our products are developed in four seasonal collections and are rolled-out for monthly product introductions in our stores, on our websites and in our periodic catalog mailings. The design process begins with our designers developing seasonal collections eight to twelve months in advance. Our designers regularly travel domestically and internationally to develop color and design ideas. Once the design team has developed a season’s color palette and design concepts, they order a sample assortment in order to evaluate the details of the collection, such as how color takes to a particular fabric. The design team then presents the collection to senior management. The presentation reflects the design team’s vision, from color direction and flow, to styling and silhouette evolution.
Our teams work closely with each other in order to leverage market data, ensure the quality of our products and remain true to our unified brand aesthetic and voice. Our technical design team develops construction and fit specifications for every product, ensuring quality workmanship and consistency across product lines.
5

 
Because our product offerings originate from a single concept assortment, we believe that we are able to efficiently offer an assortment of styles within each season’s line while still maintaining a unified vision. As a final step that is intended to ensure image consistency, our senior management reviews the full line of products for each season before they are manufactured.
Marketing and Advertising
As part of our omni-strategy, we communicate a consistent brand message across our stores, our websites, our catalogs, email marketing, online advertising, and our social media presence. Our core marketing objectives are structured to drive awareness and differentiation of our brands, increase new customer acquisition, maintain and build customer retention and loyalty, and build brand awareness internationally. Our catalogs serve as an important branding vehicle to communicate to our customers. In fiscal 2014, we circulated approximately 2.8 billion catalog pages.
Digital marketing and social media have played an important part of our strategy in our recent history and are among our most effective marketing tools. We have found that J.Crew customers who engage with us through our social media outlets (Facebook, Twitter, Pinterest or Instagram) spend approximately two times more than the average J.Crew customer. Facebook is the current leading platform in terms of size and time spent on site, but there are significant growth opportunities in our new visual platforms, such as Pinterest and Instagram.
We offer a private-label credit card in our J.Crew brand which is issued and serviced by a third-party provider. In fiscal 2014, sales on the J.Crew credit card made up approximately 15% of our net sales. We believe that our credit card program encourages frequent store and website visits and promotes multiple-item purchases, thereby cultivating customer loyalty to the J.Crew brand and increasing sales. The J.Crew credit card offers rewards based on customer spend.
Sourcing
We source our merchandise in two ways: (i) through the use of buying agents, and (ii) by purchasing merchandise directly from trading companies and manufacturers. We have no long-term merchandise supply contracts, and we typically transact business on an order-by-order basis. In fiscal 2014, we worked with 11 buying agents, who supported our relationships with vendors that supplied approximately 60% of our merchandise, with one of these buying agents supporting our relationships with vendors that supplied approximately 45% of our merchandise. In exchange for a commission, our buying agents identify suitable vendors and coordinate our purchasing requirements with the vendors by placing orders for merchandise on our behalf, ensuring the timely delivery of goods to us, obtaining samples of merchandise produced in the factories, inspecting finished merchandise and carrying out other administrative communications on our behalf. In fiscal 2014, we worked with a number of trading companies, through which we purchased approximately 22% of our merchandise. Trading companies control factories that manufacture merchandise and also handle certain other shipping and customs matters related to importing the merchandise into the United States. We sourced the remaining 18% of our merchandise directly from manufacturers within the United States and overseas, the majority of whom we have long-term, and in our opinion, stable relationships.
Our sourcing base currently consists of 230 vendors who operate 385 factories in 22 countries. Our top 10 vendors supply 43% of our merchandise. Each of our top 10 vendors uses multiple factories to produce its merchandise, which we believe gives us a high degree of flexibility in placing production of our merchandise. We believe we have developed strong relationships with our vendors, some of which rely upon us for a significant portion of their business.
In fiscal 2014, approximately 87% of our merchandise was sourced in Asia (with 69% of our products sourced from China and Hong Kong), 11% was sourced in Europe and other regions, and 2% was sourced in the United States. Substantially all of our foreign purchases are negotiated and paid for in U.S. dollars.
Distribution
We own a 282,000 square foot facility in Asheville, North Carolina that houses our distribution operations for our stores. This facility currently employs approximately 330 full and part-time associates during our non-peak season and approximately 20 additional associates during our peak season. Merchandise is transported from this distribution center to our stores by independent trucking companies, with a transit time of approximately two to five days.
We also own two facilities in Lynchburg, Virginia, including a 425,000 square foot facility and a 63,700 square foot facility. These facilities contain a customer call center and order fulfillment operations for our e-commerce business. The Lynchburg facilities currently employ approximately 1,280 full and part-time associates during our non-peak season and approximately 240 additional associates during our peak season. Merchandise sold through our e-commerce business is sent directly to customers from this distribution center or our stores via the United States Postal Service, UPS or Federal Express.
6

 
We lease a 45,800 square foot customer call center in San Antonio, Texas. This facility currently employs approximately 310 full and part-time associates during our non-peak season and approximately 180 additional associates during our peak season.
We also utilize third party distribution centers to support our factory and international e-commerce businesses.
Management Information Systems
Our management information systems are designed to provide comprehensive order processing, production, accounting and management information for the marketing, manufacturing, importing, distribution and financial reporting functions of our business. We also have point-of-sale systems in our stores that enable us to track inventory from store receipt to final sale on a real-time basis. We have an agreement with a third party to provide hosting services and administrative support for portions of our infrastructure. In addition, our websites are hosted by a third party at its data center.
We believe our merchandising and financial systems, coupled with our point-of-sale systems and software programs, allow for item-level stock replenishment, merchandise planning and real-time inventory accounting practices. Our telephone and telemarketing systems, warehouse package sorting systems, automated warehouse locator and inventory bar coding systems use current technology, and are designed with our highest-volume periods in mind, which results in substantial flexibility and ample capacity in our lower-volume periods. We also subject our systems to stress tests during low-volume periods to ensure optimal performance during our peak season. We are investing significantly in expanding and upgrading our information systems including our omni-channel capabilities, networks and infrastructure to support recent and expected future growth.
Pricing
We offer our customers a mix of select designer-quality products and more casual items at various price points, consistent with our signature styling strategy of pairing luxury items with more casual items. We offer limited edition “collection” items such as hand-embellished sweaters and coats, Italian cashmere, limited edition prints and patterns and vintage inspired details, which we believe elevates the overall perception of our brand. We believe offering a broad range of price points maintains a more accessible, less intimidating atmosphere.
Cyclicality and Seasonality
Our industry is cyclical and our revenues are affected by general economic conditions. Purchases of apparel and accessories are sensitive to a number of factors that influence the levels of consumer spending, including economic conditions and the level of disposable consumer income, consumer debt, interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and consumer confidence.
Our business is seasonal and as a result, our revenues fluctuate from quarter to quarter. We have four distinct selling seasons that align with our four fiscal quarters. Revenues are usually higher in our fourth fiscal quarter, particularly December when customers make holiday purchases. In fiscal 2014, we realized approximately 27% of our revenues in the fourth fiscal quarter.
Competition
The specialty retail industry is highly competitive. We compete primarily with specialty retailers, department stores, catalog retailers and e-commerce businesses that engage in the sale of women’s, men’s and children’s apparel, accessories, shoes and similar merchandise. We compete on quality, design, customer service and price. We believe that our primary competitive advantages are consumer recognition of our brands, as well as our omni-channel strategy which focuses on a seamless approach to the customer experience through all available sales channels. We believe that we also differentiate ourselves from competitors on the basis of our signature product design, our ability to offer both designer-quality products at higher price points and more casual items at lower price points, our focus on the quality of our product offerings and our customer-service oriented culture. We believe our success depends in substantial part on our ability to originate and define product and fashion trends as well as to timely anticipate, gauge and react to changing consumer demands.
7

 
Associates
As of January 31, 2015, we had approximately 15,600 associates, of whom approximately 5,700 were full-time associates and 9,900 were part-time associates. Approximately 1,320 of these associates are employed in our customer call center and order fulfillment operations facilities in Lynchburg, Virginia; approximately 340 of these associates work in our store distribution center in Asheville, North Carolina; and approximately 420 of these associates work in our call center in San Antonio, Texas. In addition, approximately 3,200 associates are hired on a seasonal basis in these facilities and our stores to meet demand during the peak season. None of our associates are represented by a union. We have had no labor-related work stoppages and we believe our relationship with our associates is good.
Trademarks and Licensing
The J.Crew and Madewell trademarks and variations thereon, such as crewcuts, are registered or are subject to pending trademark applications with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and with the registries of many foreign countries. We believe our trademarks have significant value and we intend to continue to vigorously protect them against infringement.
Government Regulation
We are subject to customs, truth-in-advertising, consumer protection, employment, data privacy, product safety and other laws, including zoning and occupancy ordinances that regulate retailers and/or govern the promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of retail stores and warehouse facilities. We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with applicable laws.
A substantial portion of our products are manufactured outside the United States. These products are imported and are subject to U.S. customs laws, which impose tariffs as well as import quota restrictions for textiles and apparel. Some of our imported products are eligible for duty-advantaged programs. While importation of goods from foreign countries from which we buy our products may be subject to embargo by U.S. Customs authorities if shipments exceed quota limits, we closely monitor import quotas and believe we have the sourcing network to efficiently shift production to factories located in countries with available quotas. The existence of import quotas has, therefore, not had a material adverse effect on our business.
Available Information
We make available free of charge on our website, www.jcrew.com, copies of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such material electronically with, or otherwise furnishing it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on the website, and the information contained on the website is not part of this document.
Copies of the reports and other information we file with the SEC may also be examined by the public without charge at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, or at  http://www.sec.gov . Copies of all or a portion of such materials can be obtained from the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information.
 
ITEM  1A.	RISK FACTORS.	
We face a variety of risks that are substantial and inherent in our business. The following are some of the more important risk factors that could affect our business.
Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry
Unfavorable economic conditions could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Economic conditions around the world can impact our customers and affect the general business environment in which we operate and compete. Our results can be impacted by a number of macroeconomic factors, including, but not limited to, consumer confidence and spending levels, employment rates, consumer credit availability, fuel and energy costs, raw materials costs, global factory production, commercial real estate market conditions, credit market conditions, foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates, taxation, the level of customer traffic in malls and shopping centers and changing demographic patterns.
8

 
Demand for our merchandise is significantly impacted by negative trends in consumer confidence and other economic factors affecting consumer spending behavior. Because apparel and accessories generally are discretionary purchases, consumer purchases of our products may decline during recessionary periods or when disposable income is lower. As a result, our sales, growth and profitability may be adversely affected by unfavorable economic conditions at a regional, national or international level. In addition, unfavorable economic conditions abroad may impact our ability to meet quality and production goals.
Periods of economic uncertainty or volatility make it difficult to plan, budget and forecast our business. Incorrect assumptions concerning economic trends, customer requirements, distribution models, demand forecasts, interest rate trends and availability of resources may result in our failure to accurately forecast results and to achieve forecasted results or budget targets.
We believe that our current cash balance, cash flow from operations and availability under our senior secured credit facilities, provide us with sufficient liquidity. However, a decrease in liquidity of our customers and suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and liquidity.
Failure to achieve sufficient levels of revenue and cash flow could result in impairment charges. Various uncertainties, including changes in consumer preferences or deterioration in the economic environment could impact expected cash flows, and may result in an impairment of store fixed assets, intangible assets, or goodwill. Although an impairment charge would be a non-cash expense, any impairment charges could materially increase our expenses and reduce our profitability.
The specialty retail industry is cyclical, and a decline in consumer spending on apparel and accessories could reduce our sales and slow our growth.
The industry in which we operate is cyclical. Purchases of apparel and accessories are sensitive to a number of factors that influence the levels of consumer spending, including general economic conditions and the level of disposable consumer income, the availability of consumer credit, interest rates, foreign exchange rates, taxation, consumer confidence in future economic conditions and demographic patterns. Because apparel and accessories generally are discretionary purchases, declines in consumer spending patterns may impact us more negatively as a specialty retailer. Therefore, we may not be able to grow revenues or increase profitability if there is a decline in consumer spending patterns or we decide to slow or alter our growth plans in anticipation of or in response to a decline in consumer spending.
We operate in the highly competitive specialty retail industry, and the size and resources of some of our competitors may allow them to compete more effectively than we can, which could result in loss of our market share.
We face intense competition in the specialty retail industry. We compete primarily with specialty retailers, department stores, catalog retailers and e-commerce businesses that engage in the sale of women’s, men’s and children’s apparel, accessories, and similar merchandise. We compete on quality, design, customer service and price. We are not in the “fast fashion” business but it appears that an increasing number of customers are attracted to the aggressive pricing strategies of those retailers.  Many of our competitors are, and many of our potential competitors may be, larger and have greater financial, marketing and other resources, devote greater resources to the marketing and sale of their products, generate greater international brand recognition or adopt more aggressive pricing policies than we can. A number of our competitors are now operating a more promotional business than in the past, both in-store and online.  This promotional environment has negatively impacted our revenues and gross profit and may continue to do so in the future.  In addition, consumers are increasingly seeking retail experiences which emphasize value, personalization and an omni-channel environment where the store, mobile and online shopping experience is tightly integrated.  While we are working to meet these evolving customer expectations, there can be no assurance that we will do so effectively or without incurring substantial expense, which could impact our results of operations and liquidity.
The rapid pace of technological change may require us to incur costs to implement new systems and platforms in order to meet customer demand and to provide a desirable omni-channel shopping experience for our customers.
If we are unable to gauge fashion trends or react to changing consumer preferences in a timely manner, our sales will decrease.
We believe our success depends in substantial part on our ability to:
·	originate and define product and fashion trends,	

·	anticipate, gauge and react to changing consumer demands in a timely manner, and	

·	translate market trends into desirable, saleable products far in advance of their offerings in our stores, on our websites, and in our catalogs.	
9

 
Because we enter into agreements for the manufacture and purchase of merchandise well in advance of the season in which merchandise will be sold, we are vulnerable to changes in consumer demand, pricing shifts and suboptimal merchandise selection and timing of merchandise purchases. We attempt to mitigate the risks of changing fashion trends and product acceptance in part by devoting a portion of our product line to classic styles that are not significantly modified from year to year. Nevertheless, if we misjudge the market for our products or overall level of consumer demand, we may be faced with significant excess inventories for some products and missed opportunities for others.  Recently, there has been a trend toward athletic wear as a fashion statement, which is not a category that represents a significant part of our women’s assortment.  If this trend continues, our sales may decrease. Our brands’ images may also suffer if customers believe we are no longer able to offer the latest fashions or if we fail to address and respond to customer feedback or complaints. The occurrence of these events, among others, could hurt our financial results and liquidity by decreasing sales. We may respond by increasing markdowns or initiating marketing promotions to reduce excess inventory, which would further decrease our gross profits and net income.
We rely on the experience and skills of key personnel, the loss of whom could damage our brands’ images and our ability to sell our merchandise.
We believe we have benefited substantially from the leadership and strategic guidance of our chief executive officer, as well as other key executives and members of our creative team, who are primarily responsible for executing our strategy. The loss, for any reason, of the services of any of these individuals and any negative market or industry perception arising from such loss could damage our brands’ images. Our executive and creative teams have substantial experience and expertise in the specialty retail industry and have made significant contributions to our growth and success. The unexpected loss of one or more of these individuals could delay the development and introduction of, and harm our ability to sell, our merchandise. In addition, products we develop without the guidance and direction of these key personnel may not receive the same level of acceptance.
Our success depends in part on our ability to attract and retain key personnel. Competition for this experienced talent is intense, and we may not be able to attract and retain a sufficient number of qualified personnel in the future.
Our expanded product offerings, new sales channels, new brands and concepts and plans to expand internationally may not be successful, and implementation of these strategies may divert our operational, managerial, financial and administrative resources, which could impact our competitive position.
We have grown our business in recent years by expanding our product offerings and sales channels, including by marketing our crewcuts line of children’s apparel and accessories and our Madewell brand of women’s apparel and accessories. We have opened a small number of free-standing stores dedicated to men’s wear, crewcuts and “collection” items. Since 2011, we have opened stores in Canada, the United Kingdom, Hong Kong and France, which opened in Paris in March 2015, and expanded our international shipping. These strategies involve various risks discussed elsewhere in these risk factors, including:
·	implementation may be delayed or may not be successful,	

·	if our expanded product offerings and sales channels or our international growth efforts fail to maintain and enhance the distinctive identity of our brands, our brands’ images may be diminished and our sales may decrease,	

·	if customers (domestic or international) do not respond to these product offerings and sales channels as anticipated, these strategies may not be profitable on a larger scale, and	

·	implementation of these plans may divert management’s attention from other aspects of our business, increase costs and place a strain on our management, operational and financial resources, as well as our information systems.	
In addition, our new product offerings, new brands and concepts, new sales channels and international expansion may be affected by, among other things, economic, demographic and competitive conditions, changes in consumer spending patterns and changes in consumer preferences and style trends. Further rollout of these strategies could be delayed or abandoned, could cost more than anticipated and could divert resources from other areas of our business, any of which could impact our competitive position and reduce our revenue and profitability.
Our growth strategy depends on the successful execution of our efforts to grow our brands, develop our omni-channel shopping experience and expand internationally.
Our customers are seeking an omni-channel shopping experience through the integration of store and digital shopping channels.  We have implemented systems that allow us to manage our inventory efficiently across all channels and to ship merchandise from stores to customers and we continue to explore additional capabilities that will broaden our omni-channel experience, including mobile, order online and pick up in the store, and various capacity and efficiency enhancements. However, these initiatives involve significant investments in IT systems and significant operational changes.  In addition, our competitors are also investing in omni-
10

 
channel capabilities, some of which may be more successful than our initiatives.  If we do not implement and expand our omni-channel initiatives successfully or we do not realize our anticipated return on these investments, then our operating results could be negatively impacted and we could fail to meet our strategic and financial goals.
Our growth strategy also includes international expansion. Since 2011, we opened stores in Canada, the United Kingdom, Hong Kong and France, which opened in Paris in March 2015, and expanded our online presence to a number of countries. We plan to open stores in additional countries in the future, including other locations in Asia and Europe, where brand recognition may be limited. We do not have experience operating in these regions and we will face established competition in most of these markets. Many of these countries have different operational and legal requirements, including, but not limited to, employment and labor, transportation, logistics, real estate, product labelling, product safety, consumer protection, data privacy and local reporting requirements. Consumer tastes, sizes and trends may differ from country to country and there may be seasonal differences, which, if we do not anticipate, may result in lower sales and/or margins for our products. Our success internationally could also be adversely impacted by the global economy, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, changes in diplomatic or trade relationships, political instability and foreign government regulation.
In addition, as we continue to expand our overseas operations, we are subject to certain U.S. laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, in addition to the laws of the foreign countries in which we operate. We must use all commercially reasonable efforts to ensure our associates and agents comply with these laws. If any of our associates or agents violate such laws we could become subject to sanctions or other penalties that could negatively affect our reputation, business and operating results.
As we execute our growth strategies, we may not adequately manage the related organizational changes needed for successful execution.  In addition, we may distract key resources related to our core business as a result of the focus on omni-channel growth and international expansion.
Any material disruption of our information systems could disrupt our business and reduce our sales.
We are increasingly dependent on information systems to operate our websites, process transactions, respond to customer inquiries, manage inventory, purchase, sell and ship goods on a timely basis and maintain cost-efficient operations. Previously, we have experienced interruptions resulting from upgrades to certain of our information systems which temporarily impaired our ability to capture, process and ship customer orders, and transfer product between channels. We may experience operational problems with our information systems as a result of system failures, viruses, computer “hackers” or other causes. Any material disruption or slowdown of our systems, including a disruption or slowdown caused by our failure to successfully upgrade our systems, could cause information, including data related to customer orders, to be lost or delayed which could—especially if the disruption or slowdown occurred during the holiday season—result in delays in the delivery of merchandise to our stores and customers or lost sales, which could reduce demand for our merchandise and cause our sales to decline. Moreover, we may not be successful in developing or acquiring technology that is competitive and responsive to the needs of our customers and might lack sufficient resources to make the necessary investments in technology to compete with our competitors. Accordingly, if changes in technology cause our information systems to become obsolete, or if our information systems are inadequate to handle our growth, we could lose customers.
We devote substantial resources to online marketing. In addition to changing consumer preferences and buying trends relating to online usage, we are vulnerable to certain additional risks and uncertainties associated with the Internet, including changes in required technology interfaces, website downtime and other technical failures, security breaches, and consumer privacy concerns. We have plans to make certain changes to our web hosting platform in the future and changes to this system could result in disruption to our websites if not implemented successfully. Our failure to successfully respond to these risks and uncertainties could reduce e-commerce sales, increase costs and damage the reputation of our brands. Data privacy and information security is regulated at the international, federal and state levels, and compliance with any changes in the laws and regulations enacted by these governments will likely increase the cost of doing business.
Management uses information systems to support decision making and to monitor business performance. We may fail to generate accurate and complete financial and operational reports essential for making decisions at various levels of management, which could lead to decisions being made that have adverse results. Failure to adopt systematic procedures to initiate change requests, test changes, document changes, and authorize changes to systems and processes prior to deployment may result in unsuccessful changes and could disrupt our business and reduce sales. In addition, if we do not maintain adequate controls such as reconciliations, segregation of duties and verification to prevent errors or incomplete information, our ability to operate our business could be limited.
11

 
Compromises of our data security could cause us to incur unexpected expenses and loss of revenues and may materially harm our reputation and business.
In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store certain personal information from individuals, such as our customers and employees, and we process customer payment card and check information.  We rely on commercially available systems, software, tools and monitoring to provide security for processing, transmission and storage of confidential information. There can be no assurance that we will not suffer a data compromise, that unauthorized parties will not gain access to personal information, or that any such data compromise or access will be discovered in a timely way. Further, the systems currently used for transmission and approval of payment card transactions, and the technology utilized in payment cards themselves, all of which can put payment card data at risk, are determined and controlled by the payment card industry, not by us. Computer hackers may attempt to penetrate our computer system and, if successful, misappropriate personal information, payment card or check information or confidential business information of our Company. In addition, there may be non-technical issues, such as our employees, contractors or third parties with whom we do business or to whom we outsource business operations may attempt to circumvent our security measures in order to misappropriate such information, and may purposefully or inadvertently cause a breach involving such information. Advances in computer and software capabilities, new tools and other developments may increase the risk of such a breach.
Compromise of our data security or of third parties with whom we do business, failure to prevent or mitigate the loss of personal or business information and delays in detecting or providing prompt notice of any such compromise or loss could disrupt our operations, damage our reputation and customers’ willingness to shop in our stores, violate applicable laws, regulations, orders and agreements, and subject us to litigation and additional costs and liabilities which could be material.
If we fail to maintain the value of our brands and protect our trademarks, our sales are likely to decline.
Our success depends on the value of the J.Crew and Madewell brands and our corporate reputation. The J.Crew and Madewell names are integral to our business as well as to the implementation of our strategies for expanding our business. Maintaining, promoting and positioning our brands will depend largely on the success of our marketing and merchandising efforts and our ability to provide a consistent, high quality customer experience. Our brands could be adversely affected if we fail to achieve these objectives or if our public image or reputation were to be tarnished by negative publicity. Any of these events could result in decreases in sales.
The J.Crew and Madewell trademarks and variations thereon are valuable assets that are critical to our success. We intend to continue to vigorously protect our trademarks against infringement, but we may not be successful in doing so. The unauthorized reproduction or other misappropriation of our trademarks would diminish the value of our brands, which could reduce demand for our products or the prices at which we can sell our products.
Our real estate strategy may not be successful, and new store locations may fail to produce desired results, which could impact our competitive position and profitability.
We expanded our store base by 53 net new stores in fiscal 2014. We are also reviewing our existing store base and identifying opportunities, where available, to renegotiate the terms of those leases. The success of our business depends, in part, on our ability to open new stores and renew our existing store leases on terms that meet our financial targets. Our ability to open new stores on schedule or at all, to renew our existing store leases on favorable terms or to operate them on a profitable basis will depend on various factors, including our ability to:
·	identify suitable markets for new stores and available store locations,	

·	anticipate the impact of changing economic and demographic conditions for new and existing store locations,	

·	negotiate acceptable lease terms for new locations or renewal terms for existing locations,	

·	hire and train qualified sales associates,	

·	develop new merchandise and manage inventory effectively to meet the needs of new and existing stores on a timely basis,	

·	foster current relationships and develop new relationships with vendors that are capable of supplying a greater volume of merchandise, and	

·	avoid construction delays and cost overruns in connection with the build-out of new stores.	
New stores and stores with renewed lease terms may not produce anticipated levels of revenue even though they increase our costs. As a result, our expenses as a percentage of sales would increase and our profitability would be adversely affected.
12

 
Reductions in the volume of mall traffic or closing of shopping malls as a result of unfavorable economic conditions or changing demographic patterns could significantly reduce our sales and leave us with excess inventory.
Most of our stores are located in shopping malls or outlet centers. Sales at these stores are derived, in part, from the volume of traffic in those locations. Our stores benefit from the ability of the malls’ “anchor” tenants, generally large department stores and other area attractions, to generate consumer traffic in the vicinity of our stores and the continuing popularity of the malls as shopping destinations. Unfavorable economic conditions, particularly in certain regions, have adversely affected mall traffic and resulted in the closing of certain anchor stores and has threatened the viability of certain commercial real estate firms which operate major shopping malls. A continuation of this trend, including failure of a large commercial landlord or continued declines in the popularity of mall shopping generally among our customers, would reduce our sales and leave us with excess inventory. We may respond by increasing markdowns or initiating marketing promotions to reduce excess inventory, which would further decrease our gross profits and net income.
Our inability to maintain or increase levels of comparable company sales could cause our earnings to decline.
If our future comparable company sales fail to meet expectations, our earnings could decline. In addition, our results have fluctuated in the past and can be expected to continue to fluctuate in the future. For example, in the previous three fiscal years, our quarterly comparable company sales changes have ranged from an increase of 16.0% to a decrease of 3.2%. A variety of factors affect comparable company sales, including fashion trends, competition, current economic conditions, pricing, inflation, the timing of the release of new merchandise and promotional events, changes in our merchandise mix, the success of marketing programs, timing and level of markdowns and weather conditions.
In addition, the recent unfavorable economic environment and the resulting softening apparel demand has led to a more promotional environment across the specialty retail industry, which has impacted our promotional posture and our gross margins. In addition, this promotional pricing may have a negative effect on our brands’ images, which may be difficult to counteract once the economy improves.
Over the past several years, various regions of the country have experienced extreme weather patterns.  Significant amounts of snow, wind, ice, flooding and other weather elements have caused and may continue to cause a greater number of store closures or lost revenue than we have historically experienced.
All of these factors may cause our comparable company sales to be materially lower than previous periods and our expectations, which could impact our ability to leverage fixed expenses, such as store rent and store asset depreciation, which may adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
Interruption in our foreign sourcing operations could disrupt production, shipment or receipt of our merchandise, which would result in lost sales and could increase our costs.
We do not own or operate any manufacturing facilities and therefore depend upon independent third party vendors for the manufacture of all of our products. Our products are manufactured to our specifications primarily by factories outside of the United States. We cannot control all of the various factors, which include inclement weather, natural disasters, political and financial instability, strikes, health concerns regarding infectious diseases, and acts of terrorism that might affect a manufacturer’s ability to ship orders of our products in a timely manner or to meet our quality standards. Inadequate labor conditions, health or safety issues in the factories where goods are produced can negatively impact our brands reputations. Late delivery of products or delivery of products that do not meet our quality standards could cause us to miss the delivery date requirements of our customers or delay timely delivery of merchandise to our stores for those items. These events could cause us to fail to meet customer expectations, cause our customers to cancel orders or cause us to be unable to deliver merchandise in sufficient quantities or of sufficient quality to our stores, which could result in lost sales.
In fiscal 2014, approximately 98% of our merchandise was sourced from foreign factories. In particular, approximately 69% of our merchandise was sourced from China and Hong Kong. Any event causing a sudden disruption of manufacturing or imports from Asia or elsewhere, including the imposition of additional import restrictions, could materially harm our operations. We have no long-term merchandise supply contracts, and many of our imports are subject to existing or potential duties, tariffs or quotas that may limit the quantity of certain types of goods that may be imported into the United States from countries in Asia or elsewhere. We compete with other companies for production facilities and import quota capacity. While substantially all of our foreign purchases of our products are negotiated and paid for in U.S. dollars, the cost of our products may be affected by fluctuations in the value of relevant foreign currencies. Our business is also subject to a variety of other risks generally associated with doing business abroad, such as political instability, economic conditions, disruption of imports by labor disputes and local business practices.
13

 
In addition, to the manufacturing in China, we are also engaging in a growing amount of production in other developing countries. These other countries may present greater risks than China with regards to infrastructure to support manufacturing, labor and employee relations, political and economic stability, corruption, environmental, health and safety compliance. While we endeavor to monitor and audit facilities where our production is done, any significant events with factories we use can adversely impact our reputation, brand, and product delivery.
Increases in the demand for, or the price of, raw materials used to manufacture our products or other fluctuations in sourcing or distribution costs could increase our costs and hurt our profitability.
The raw materials used to manufacture our products are subject to availability constraints and price volatility caused by high demand for fabrics, weather, supply conditions, government regulations, economic climate and other unpredictable factors. In addition, our sourcing costs may also fluctuate due to labor conditions, transportation or freight costs, energy prices, currency fluctuations or other unpredictable factors. For example, we have experienced fluctuations in the price of cotton that is used to manufacture some of our merchandise. In addition, the cost of labor at many of our third party manufacturers and the cost of transportation have been increasing and it is unlikely that such cost pressures will abate.
Most of our products are shipped from our vendors by ocean.  If a disruption occurs in the operation of ports through which our products are imported, we may incur increased costs related to air freight or to alternative ports.  Shipping by air is significantly more expensive than shipping by ocean and our margins and profitability could be reduced.  Shipping to alternative ports could also lead to delays in receipt of our products.
We believe that we have strong vendor relationships and we are working with our suppliers to manage cost increases. Our overall profitability depends, in part, on the success of our ability to mitigate rising costs or shortages of raw materials used to manufacture our products.
Any significant interruption in the operations of our customer call, order fulfillment and distribution facilities could disrupt our ability to process customer orders and to deliver our merchandise in a timely manner.
A substantial portion of our e-commerce order fulfillment operations are housed in a single facility along with one of our customer call centers, while distribution operations for our stores are housed in another single facility. Although we maintain back-up systems for these facilities and have a contract with a third party distribution center for a portion of our e-commerce business, we may not be able to prevent a significant interruption in our operations if one or both of these facilities were impacted by a natural disaster, accident, failure of the inventory locator or automated packing and shipping systems we use or other events. In addition, we have upgraded certain of our website systems, including our web platform, order management system and warehouse management system in order to support recent and expected future growth. We experienced some interruptions in the past in connection with our website systems and while we made progress in stabilizing these systems, there can be no assurance that future interruptions will not occur. Any significant interruption in the operation of these facilities, including an interruption caused by our failure to successfully expand or upgrade our systems or manage our transition to utilizing the expansions or upgrades, could reduce our ability to receive and process orders and provide products and services to our stores and customers, which could result in lost sales, cancelled sales and a loss of loyalty to our brand.
Third party failure to deliver merchandise to our distribution centers, stores and customers or a disruption or adverse condition affecting our distribution centers could result in lost sales or reduced demand for our merchandise.
Our success depends on the timely receipt of merchandise from our vendors to our distribution centers, and timely delivery of merchandise from our distribution facilities to stores and customers. Independent third party transportation companies deliver our merchandise to our distribution centers, stores and customers. Some of these third parties employ personnel represented by labor unions. Disruptions in the delivery of merchandise or work stoppages by employees of these third parties could delay the timely receipt of merchandise, which could result in cancelled sales, a loss of loyalty to our brands, increased logistics costs and excess inventory.
We currently operate two of our own distribution centers in North Carolina and Virginia.  In addition, we also utilize distribution centers in Ohio and Canada which are independently owned and operated.  If these independent distribution centers fail to respond adequately to our warehousing, distribution and transportation needs, we could be adversely affected. Timely receipt of merchandise by our distribution centers, stores and customers may also be affected by factors such as inclement weather, natural disasters, accidents, system failures and acts of terrorism. We may respond by increasing markdowns or initiating marketing promotions, which would decrease our gross profits and net income. Inability to recover from a business interruption and return to normal operations within a reasonable period of time could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and damage our brand reputation.
14

 
Our ability to source our merchandise profitably or at all could be hurt if new trade restrictions are imposed, existing trade restrictions become more burdensome or disruption occur at our suppliers or at the ports.
Trade restrictions, including increased tariffs, safeguards or quotas, on apparel and accessories could increase the cost or reduce the supply of merchandise available to us. We source our merchandise through buying agents and by purchasing directly from trading companies and manufacturers, predominately in various foreign countries. There are quotas and trade restrictions on certain categories of goods and apparel from China and countries that are not subject to the World Trade Organization Agreement, which could have a significant impact on our sourcing patterns in the future. New initiatives may be proposed that may have an impact on our sourcing from certain countries and may include retaliatory duties or other trade sanctions that, if enacted, would increase the cost of products we purchase. We cannot predict whether any of the countries in which our merchandise is currently manufactured or may be manufactured in the future will be subject to additional trade restrictions imposed by the U.S. and foreign governments, nor can we predict the likelihood, type or effect of any such restrictions. Trade restrictions, including increased tariffs or quotas, embargoes, safeguards and customs restrictions against apparel items could increase the cost, delay shipping or reduce the supply of apparel available to us or may require us to modify our current business practices, any of which could hurt our profitability.
We rely on our suppliers to manufacture and ship the products they produce for us in a timely manner.  We also rely on the free flow of goods through open and operational ports worldwide.  Labor disputes at various ports or at our suppliers could increase costs for us and delay our receipt of merchandise, particularly if these disputes result in work slowdowns, lockouts, strikes or other disruptions.
If our independent manufacturers do not use ethical business practices or comply with applicable laws and regulations, our brands could be harmed due to negative publicity.
While our internal and vendor operating guidelines, as outlined in our Vendor Code of Conduct, promote ethical business practices and we, along with third parties that we retain for this purpose, monitor compliance with those guidelines, we do not control our independent manufacturers. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee their compliance with our guidelines. Our Vendor Code of Conduct is designed to ensure that each of our suppliers’ operations is conducted in a legal, ethical, and responsible manner. Our Vendor Code of Conduct requires that each of our suppliers operates in compliance with applicable wage benefit, working hours and other local laws, and forbids the use of practices such as child labor or forced labor.
Violation of labor or other laws by our independent manufacturers, or the divergence of an independent manufacturer’s practices from those generally accepted as ethical in the United States could diminish the value of the J.Crew and Madewell brands and reduce demand for our merchandise if, as a result of such violation, we were to attract negative publicity.
We are subject to customs, advertising, consumer protection, data privacy, product safety, zoning and occupancy and labor and employment laws that could require us to modify our current business practices, incur increased costs or harm our reputation if we do not comply.
We are subject to numerous laws and regulations, including customs, truth-in-advertising, consumer protection, general data privacy, health information privacy, identity theft, online privacy, product safety, unsolicited commercial communication and zoning and occupancy laws and ordinances that regulate retailers generally and/or govern the importation, promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of retail stores and warehouse facilities. If these regulations were to change or were violated by our management, associates, suppliers, buying agents or trading companies, the costs of certain goods could increase, or we could experience delays in shipments of our goods, be subject to fines or penalties, or suffer reputational harm, which could reduce demand for our merchandise and hurt our business and results of operations. Failure to protect personally identifiable information of our customers or associates could subject us to considerable reputational harm as well as significant fines, penalties and sanctions. In addition, changes in federal and state minimum wage laws and other laws relating to employee benefits could cause us to incur additional wage and benefits costs, which could hurt our profitability.
Legal requirements frequently change and are subject to interpretation, and we are unable to predict the ultimate cost of compliance with these requirements or their effect on our operations. Failure to define clear roles and responsibilities or to regularly communicate with and train our associates may result in noncompliance with applicable laws and regulations. We may be required to make significant expenditures or modify our business practices to comply with existing or future laws and regulations, which may increase our costs and materially limit our ability to operate our business. We expect the costs of compliance and risks to our business in this area to increase as we expand our international and e-commerce business.
15

 
Our financial results could be adversely impacted by currency exchange rate fluctuations.
Although our international revenues are a small percentage of our business, we expect they will increase as we execute our long-term strategy.  As a result, our future revenues and results of operations could be impacted by changes in foreign currency exchange rates.  Revenues and certain expenses in markets outside the United States are recognized in local foreign currencies, and we are exposed to potential gains or losses from the translation of those amounts into U.S. dollars for consolidation into our financial statements.  In addition, our international subsidiaries transact in currencies other than their functional currency, primarily in respect of inventory purchases denominated in U.S. dollars, which could result in foreign currency transaction gains or losses.  Finally, our vendors and suppliers may also be impacted by currency exchange rate fluctuations with respect to the purchase of fabric and other raw materials.
Fluctuations in our results of operations for the fourth fiscal quarter would have a disproportionate effect on our overall financial condition and results of operations.
Our revenues are generally lower during the first and second fiscal quarters. In addition, any factors that harm our fourth fiscal quarter operating results, including adverse weather or unfavorable economic conditions, could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year.
In order to prepare for our peak shopping season, we must order and keep in stock significantly more merchandise than we would carry at other times of the year. Any unanticipated decrease in demand for our products during our peak shopping season could require us to sell excess inventory at a substantial markdown, which could reduce our net sales and gross profit. Additional unplanned decreases in demand for our products could produce further reductions to our net sales and gross profit.
Our quarterly results of operations may also fluctuate significantly as a result of a variety of other factors, including the timing of new store openings and of catalog mailings and the revenues contributed by new stores, merchandise mix and the timing and level of inventory markdowns. As a result, historical period-to-period comparisons of our revenues and operating results are not necessarily indicative of future period-to-period results.
We have recognized substantial goodwill and intangible asset impairment losses in the current fiscal year and may be required to recognize additional non-cash impairment losses in the future.
During fiscal 2014, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $710 million related to goodwill allocated to our Stores reporting unit, the intangible asset for our trade name and certain store leasehold improvements. At January 31, 2015, we had $1,125 million of remaining goodwill and $740 million remaining of an intangible asset related to our J.Crew trade name on our balance sheet. We could experience material impairment losses in the future.  Certain factors, including consumer spending levels, industry and macroeconomic conditions, and the future profitability of our businesses, might have a negative impact on the carrying value of our goodwill and intangible assets.  The process of testing goodwill and intangible assets for impairment involves numerous judgments, assumptions and estimates made by management including expected future profitability, cash flows and the fair values of assets and liabilities, which inherently reflect a high degree of uncertainty and may be affected by significant variability.  If the business climate deteriorates, then actual results may not be consistent with these judgments, assumptions and estimates, and our goodwill and intangible assets may become impaired in future periods.  This would in turn have an adverse impact on our financial position and results of operations.
We may be a party to legal proceedings in the future that could adversely affect our business.
From time to time, we are a party to legal proceedings, including matters involving personnel and employment issues, personal injury, intellectual property, consumer protection and other proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In addition, there are an increasing number of cases being filed in the retail industry generally that contain class action allegations, such as those relating to data privacy and wage and hour laws. We evaluate our exposure to these legal proceedings and establish reserves for the estimated liabilities in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Assessing and predicting the outcome of these matters involves substantial uncertainties. Although not currently anticipated by management, unexpected outcomes in these legal proceedings, or changes in management’s evaluations or predictions and accompanying changes in established reserves, could have a material adverse impact on our financial results.
We could be subject to changes in our tax rates and the adoption of new U.S. or international tax legislation or exposed to additional tax liabilities in connection with our international expansion, which could negatively impact our financial results.
We are subject to taxes in the U.S. and with our international expansion we have become subject to taxes in foreign jurisdictions where our international subsidiaries are organized. Due to economic and political conditions, tax rates in various jurisdictions may be subject to significant change. Our future effective tax rates could be affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with
16

 
differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, or changes in tax laws or their interpretation, including in the U.S. We are also subject to the examination of our tax returns and other tax matters by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities and governmental bodies. We regularly assess the likelihood of an adverse outcome resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for taxes. There can be no assurance as to the outcome of these examinations. If our effective tax rates were to increase, particularly in the U.S., or if the ultimate determination of our taxes owed is for an amount in excess of amounts previously accrued, then our operating results, cash flows, and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and Certain Other Obligations
Our substantial indebtedness and lease obligations could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations and make strategic investments, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our indebtedness.
We are highly leveraged. The total indebtedness of J.Crew and its subsidiaries at January 31, 2015 was $1,555 million, consisting of borrowings under our term loan credit facility, as amended and restated on March 5, 2014 (the “Term Loan Facility”). We can also borrow up to $300 million under our senior secured asset-based revolving line of credit, dated as of March 7, 2011 (as amended through and including December 10, 2014, the “ABL Facility”, and together with our Term Loan Facility, the “Senior Credit Facilities”), subject to a borrowing base limitation. As of January 31, 2015, our Senior Credit Facilities also allowed uncommitted incremental facilities in an aggregate amount of $275 million consisting of $200 million available as incremental term loan facilities and $75 million available as increased commitments under our ABL Facility. Additional incremental term loan facilities are permitted subject to our meeting certain conditions, including a pro forma total senior secured leverage ratio of less than or equal to 3.75 to 1.00.
On November 4, 2013, Chinos Intermediate Holdings A, Inc. (the “Issuer”), our indirect parent holding company, issued $500 million aggregate principal of 7.75/8.50% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due May 1, 2019 (the “PIK Notes”).  The PIK Notes pay interest semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year. The PIK Notes are: (i) senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer, (ii) structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of the Issuers’ subsidiaries, and (iii) not guaranteed by any of the Issuers’ subsidiaries, and therefore are not recorded in our financial statements.  While not required, we intend to pay dividends to the Issuer to fund interest payments, which would aggregate to $174 million through the remainder of the term if all interest on the PIK Notes is paid in cash.  
We also have, and will continue to have, significant lease obligations. As of January 31, 2015, our minimum annual rental obligations under long-term operating leases for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016 are $178 million and $171 million, respectively.
Our high degree of leverage, significant lease obligations and our intention to pay dividends to the Issuer to fund interest payments could have important consequences for our creditors. For example, they could:
·	limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital (including vendor payment terms), capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes;	

·	restrict us from making strategic investments or cause us to make non-strategic divestitures;	

·	limit our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are not as highly leveraged;	

·	increase our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;	

·	require a substantial portion of our cash flow to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness (including dividends to the Issuer to fund interest payments), thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future strategic initiatives.	
We expect to pay interest of approximately $75 million in fiscal 2015, excluding any payments of dividends to the Issuer to fund debt service obligations.
17

 
Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.
The Senior Credit Facilities contain various covenants that limit the ability of J.Crew and our other subsidiaries to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our ability and the ability of J.Crew, Chinos Intermediate Holdings B, Inc. (“Intermediate Holdings B”) and our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:
·	incur or guarantee additional debt;	

·	pay dividends, including those paid to the Issuer to fund debt service obligations, or distributions on our capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire our capital stock or indebtedness;	

·	issue stock of subsidiaries;	

·	make certain investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;	

·	create liens on our assets to secure debt;	

·	enter into transactions with affiliates;	

·	merge or consolidate with another company; and	

·	sell or otherwise transfer assets.	
In addition, under our Senior Credit Facilities, we are required to meet specified financial ratios in order to undertake certain actions, and under the ABL Facility in certain circumstances, we may be required to maintain certain levels of excess availability or meet a specified fixed charge coverage ratio. Our ability to meet those tests can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet them. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the Senior Credit Facilities. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Senior Credit Facilities, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under the Senior Credit Facilities could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness. J.Crew and certain of J.Crew’s subsidiaries have pledged substantially all of their assets, and Intermediate Holdings B has pledged the capital stock of J.Crew, as collateral under the Senior Credit Facilities. If the lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we may not have sufficient assets to repay the Senior Credit Facilities, as well as our other secured and unsecured indebtedness.
To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash and our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.
Our ability to make cash payments on and to refinance our indebtedness and to fund working capital and planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate sufficient operating cash flow in the future. This ability is, to a significant extent, subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.
Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, and future borrowings may not be available under our Senior Credit Facilities, in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs. In any such circumstance, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our Senior Credit Facilities, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as selling assets, seeking additional equity or reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions and investments. Any such action, if necessary, may not be effected on commercially reasonable terms or at all. The credit agreements governing our Senior Credit Facilities contain restrictions on our ability to sell certain assets and limit the use of the proceeds from such sales.
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants in the instruments governing our indebtedness (including covenants in our Senior Credit Facilities), we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under our Senior Credit Facilities could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If we breach our covenants under the credit agreements governing our Senior Credit Facilities and are required to seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders on acceptable terms, or at all. If this occurs, we would be in default under our Senior Credit Facilities, the lenders could exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.
18

 
Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.
Borrowings pursuant to our Term Loan Facility bear interest at floating rates based on LIBOR, but in no event less than the floor rate of 1.00%, plus the applicable margin. Accordingly, fluctuations in market interest rates may increase or decrease our interest expense which will in turn, increase or decrease our net income and cash flow. We manage a portion of our interest rate risk related to floating rate indebtedness by entering into interest rate swaps and caps. While limiting exposure to interest rate increases, these instruments may not fully mitigate our risk or may not be effective. For more information on our interest rate swaps and caps, see note 8 in the consolidated financial statements.
On March 5, 2014 the Company refinanced its outstanding Term Loan Facility, which resulted in the discontinuance of the designation of the interest rate swaps as a cash flow hedge. Prior unrealized losses of $22 million, recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, were reclassified to earnings in the first quarter of fiscal 2014 as a component of interest expense. Future unrealized gains and losses on these interest rate swaps are recorded as interest expense.
 
ITEM  1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.	
None.
 
ITEM  2.	PROPERTIES.	
We are headquartered in New York City. Our headquarter offices are leased under a lease agreement expiring in 2022, with an option to renew thereafter. We own three facilities, including: (i) a 425,000 square foot customer call center, order fulfillment and distribution center in Lynchburg, Virginia, (ii) a 282,000 square foot distribution center in Asheville, North Carolina and (iii) a 63,700 square foot facility in Lynchburg, Virginia. We also lease a 45,800 square foot customer call center in San Antonio, Texas under a lease agreement expiring in October 2021. We also lease small corporate office spaces in the United States and internationally.
As of January 31, 2015, we operated 280 J.Crew retail stores, 139 J.Crew factory stores, and 85 Madewell stores in 44 states, the District of Columbia, Canada, the United Kingdom and Hong Kong. All of our stores are leased from third parties with terms, in most cases, of 5 to 10 years. A portion of our leases have options to renew for periods typically ranging from 5 to 10 years. Generally, the leases contain standard provisions concerning the payment of rent, events of default and the rights and obligations of each party. Rent due under the leases is generally comprised of annual base rent plus a contingent rent payment based on the store’s sales in excess of a specified threshold. Some of the leases also contain early termination options, which can be exercised by us or the landlord under certain conditions. The leases also generally require us to pay real estate taxes, insurance and certain common area costs. We renegotiate with landlords to obtain more favorable terms as opportunities arise. We consider these properties to be in good condition and believe that our facilities are adequate for operations and provide sufficient capacity to meet our anticipated future requirements.
19

 
A summary of the number of J.Crew and Madewell stores in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom and Hong Kong as of January 31, 2015 is as follows:
 
 	 	J.Crew	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	Retail	 	  	Factory	 	  	Total	 	  	Madewell	 	  	Total	
Alabama	  	  	2	  	  	  	2	  	  	  	4	  	  	  	1	  	  	  	5	
Arizona	  	 	4	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	7	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	8	
Arkansas	  	 	1	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	1	
California	  	 	33	  	  	 	11	  	  	 	44	  	  	 	13	  	  	 	57	
Colorado	  	 	5	  	  	 	4	  	  	 	9	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	12	
Connecticut	  	 	11	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	13	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	16	
Delaware	  	 	1	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	2	
Florida	  	 	15	  	  	 	10	  	  	 	25	  	  	 	4	  	  	 	29	
Georgia	  	 	9	  	  	 	4	  	  	 	13	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	15	
Hawaii	  	 	1	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	1	
Idaho	  	 	1	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	1	
Illinois	  	 	9	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	12	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	15	
Indiana	  	 	2	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	4	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	5	
Iowa	  	 	1	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	2	
Kansas	  	 	1	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	3	
Kentucky	  	 	2	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	4	
Louisiana	  	 	3	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	6	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	7	
Maine	  	 	1	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	3	
Maryland	  	 	5	  	  	 	5	  	  	 	10	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	13	
Massachusetts	  	 	14	  	  	 	5	  	  	 	19	  	  	 	6	  	  	 	25	
Michigan	  	 	5	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	8	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	10	
Minnesota	  	 	5	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	6	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	8	
Mississippi	  	 	1	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	3	
Missouri	  	 	3	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	6	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	7	
Nebraska	  	 	1	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	2	
Nevada	  	 	1	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	2	
New Hampshire	  	 	2	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	5	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	5	
New Jersey	  	 	14	  	  	 	7	  	  	 	21	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	24	
New Mexico	  	 	1	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	1	
New York	  	 	27	  	  	 	7	  	  	 	34	  	  	 	8	  	  	 	42	
North Carolina	  	 	7	  	  	 	6	  	  	 	13	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	16	
Ohio	  	 	7	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	10	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	13	
Oklahoma	  	 	2	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	3	
Oregon	  	 	3	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	4	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	5	
Pennsylvania	  	 	10	  	  	 	9	  	  	 	19	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	22	
Rhode Island	  	 	3	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	4	
South Carolina	  	 	3	  	  	 	5	  	  	 	8	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	9	
Tennessee	  	 	5	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	8	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	10	
Texas	  	 	15	  	  	 	8	  	  	 	23	  	  	 	6	  	  	 	29	
Utah	  	 	3	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	5	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	6	
Vermont	  	 	1	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	2	
Virginia	  	 	9	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	12	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	14	
Washington	  	 	6	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	8	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	10	
Wisconsin	  	 	3	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	5	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	5	
District of Columbia	  	 	3	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	4	
Canada	  	 	13	  	  	 	5	  	  	 	18	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	18	
United Kingdom	  	 	4	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	4	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	4	
Hong Kong	  	 	2	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	2	
Total	  	 	280	  	  	 	139	  	  	 	419	  	  	 	85	  	  	 	504	
 
20

 
ITEM  3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.	
We are subject to various other legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Management does not expect that the results of any of these other legal proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
ITEM  4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE.	
Not applicable.

21

 
PART II
 
ITEM  5.	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.	
Prior to the Acquisition, our Common Stock was traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “JCG.” Subsequent to the Acquisition, our outstanding Common Stock is privately held and therefore there is no established public trading market.
Record Holders
As of March 17, 2015, Intermediate Holdings B (our direct owner and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of our Parent) was the only holder of record of our Common Stock.
Dividends
On December 21, 2012, the Company paid, from cash on hand, a dividend of $197.5 million to stockholders of record of the Parent on December 17, 2012.
On November 4, 2013 the Issuer, our indirect parent holding company, issued $500 million aggregate principal of the PIK Notes. The PIK Notes are: (i) senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer, (ii) structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of the Issuers’ subsidiaries, and (iii) not guaranteed by any of the Issuers’ subsidiaries, and therefore are not recorded in our financial statements. We declared dividends to the Issuer in the first and third quarters of fiscal 2014 to fund the semi-annual interest payments due May 1, 2014 and November 3, 2014. Additionally, while not required, we intend to pay dividends to the Issuer to fund interest payments, which would aggregate to $174 million through the remainder of the term if all interest on the PIK Notes is paid in cash.
 
ITEM  6.	SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA.	
The selected historical consolidated financial data for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014, and February 2, 2013 and as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K. The selected historical consolidated financial data for the periods March 8, 2011 to January 28, 2012 and January 30, 2011 to March 7, 2011 and the year ended January 29, 2011 and as of January 28, 2012, March 7, 2011 and January 29, 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this annual report on Form 10-K. Although, the Company continued as the same legal entity after the Acquisition in fiscal 2011, we refer to the periods subsequent to the Acquisition on March 7, 2011 as “Successor” periods and the periods prior to the Acquisition on March 7, 2011 as “Predecessor” periods.
22

 
The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. The information should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included herein.
 
 	 	 	Year Ended	 	 	For the Period	 	Year Ended	 	
(in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)	  	 	January 31,
2015	 	 	February 1,
2014	 	February 2,
2013(a)	 	 	March 8,
2011 to
January 28,
2012	 	  	January 30,
2011 to
March 7,
2011	 	 	January 29,
2011	 	
 	  	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	  	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	
Income Statement Data:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	  	 	$	2,579,695	  	 	$	2,428,257	 	$	2,227,717	  	 	$	1,721,750	  	  	$	133,238	  	 	$	1,722,227	  	
Cost of goods sold, including buying and occupancy costs	  	 	 	1,608,777	  	 	 	 
1,422,143	 	 	1,240,989	  	 	 	1,042,197	  	  	 	70,284	  	 	 	975,230	  	
Gross profit	  	 	 	970,918	  	 	 	1,006,114	 	 	986,728	  	 	 	679,553	  	  	 	62,954	  	 	 	746,997	  	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	  	 	 	845,953	  	 	 	 
754,345	 	 	732,439	  	 	 	572,969	  	  	 	79,736	  	 	 	532,494	  	
Impairment losses	  	 	 	709,985	  	 	 	1,874	 	 	631	  	 	 	1,908	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	535	  	
Income (loss) from operations	  	 	 	(585,020	)  	 	 	249,895	 	 	253,658	  	 	 	104,676	  	  	 	(16,782	) 	 	 	213,968	  	
Interest expense, net	  	 	 	74,352	  	 	 	104,221	 	 	101,684	  	 	 	91,683	  	  	 	1,166	  	 	 	3,914	  	
Loss on refinancings	  	 	 	58,960	  	 	 	—	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	 	(60,559	)  	 	 	57,550	 	 	55,887	  	 	 	584	  	  	 	(1,798	) 	 	 	88,549	  	
Net income (loss)	  	 	$	(657,773	)  	 	$	88,124	 	$	96,087	  	 	$	12,409	  	  	$	(16,150	) 	 	$	121,505	  	
Operating Data:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenues:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
J.Crew	  	 	$	2,295,109	  	 	$	2,212,684	 	$	2,066,216	  	 	$	1,615,190	  	  	$	125,671	  	 	$	1,631,977	  	
Madewell	  	 	 	245,340	  	 	 	181,401	 	 	131,883	  	 	 	81,119	  	  	 	4,445	  	 	 	51,493	  	
Other	  	 	 	39,246	  	 	 	34,172	 	 	29,618	  	 	 	25,441	  	  	 	3,122	  	 	 	38,757	  	
Total revenues	  	 	$	2,579,695	  	 	$	2,428,257	 	$	2,227,717	  	 	$	1,721,750	  	  	$	133,238	  	 	$	1,722,227	  	
Increase (decrease) in comparable company sales	  	 	 	(0.7	)% 	 	 	3.1	% 	 	12.6	% 	 	 	N/A	  	  	 	N/A	  	 	 	6.7	% 	
J.Crew:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Sales per gross square foot	  	 	$	618	  	 	$	663	 	$	681	  	 	 	N/A	  	  	 	N/A	  	 	$	595	  	
Stores open at end of period	  	 	 	419	  	 	 	386	 	 	353	  	 	 	330	  	  	 	314	  	 	 	313	  	
Millions of catalogs circulated	  	 	 	25.4	  	 	 	30.6	 	 	39.6	  	 	 	N/A	  	  	 	N/A	  	 	 	41.1	  	
Billions of pages circulated	  	 	 	2.7	  	 	 	3.7	 	 	4.2	  	 	 	N/A	  	  	 	N/A	  	 	 	3.9	  	
Madewell:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Sales per gross square foot	  	 	$	747	  	 	$	709	 	$	698	  	 	 	N/A	  	  	 	N/A	  	 	$	635	  	
Stores open at end of period	  	 	 	85	  	 	 	65	 	 	48	  	 	 	32	  	  	 	20	  	 	 	20	  	
Capital expenditures:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
J.Crew new stores	  	 	$	43,388	  	 	$	39,875	 	$	38,743	  	 	$	17,559	  	  	$	361	  	 	$	11,445	  	
Madewell new stores	 	 	 	14,938	 	 	 	14,760	 	 	13,125	 	 	 	12,261	 	 	 	265	 	 	 	3,428	 	
Other	  	 	 	69,548	  	 	 	76,805	 	 	80,142	  	 	 	63,088	  	  	 	2,018	  	 	 	37,478	  	
Total capital expenditures	  	 	$	127,874	  	 	$	131,440	 	$	132,010	  	 	$	92,908	  	  	$	2,644	  	 	$	52,351	  	
Depreciation of property and
equipment	  	 	$	93,458	  	 	$	77,520	 	$	71,840	  	 	$	57,687	  	  	$	3,929	  	 	$	49,221	  	
Amortization of intangible assets	  	 	$	15,944	  	 	$	17,886	 	$	23,631	  	 	$	21,068	  	  	$	—	  	 	$	—	  	
 
(a)	Consists of 53 weeks	
23

 
 
 	  	As of	 	
 	  	January 31,
2015	 	  	February 1,
2014	 	  	February 2,
2013	 	  	January 28,
2012	 	  	January 29,
2011	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	  	(Successor)	 	  	(Successor)	 	  	(Successor)	 	  	(Predecessor)	 	
Balance Sheet Data:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	  	$	111,097	  	  	$	156,649	  	  	$	68,399	  	  	$	221,852	  	  	$	381,360	  	
Working capital	  	$	134,628	  	  	$	159,792	  	  	$	85,764	  	  	$	210,431	  	  	$	364,220	  	
Total assets	  	$	2,951,613	  	  	$	3,682,220	  	  	$	3,486,714	  	  	$	3,573,522	  	  	$	860,166	  	
Total debt, net	  	$	1,548,439	  	  	$	1,567,000	  	  	$	1,579,000	  	  	$	1,594,000	 	  	$	—	  	
Stockholders’ equity	  	$	516,024	  	  	$	1,190,420	  	  	$	1,091,491	  	  	$	1,177,052	  	  	$	511,121	  	
 
ITEM  7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.	
This discussion summarizes our consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity during each of the years in a three-year period ended January 31, 2015. Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31. Fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 ended on January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, respectively, and consisted of 52 weeks each. Fiscal 2012 ended on February 2, 2013 and consisted of 53 weeks. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.
Executive Overview
J.Crew is an internationally recognized multi-brand apparel and accessories retailer that differentiates itself through high standards of quality, style, design and fabrics. We are a vertically-integrated omni-channel specialty retailer that operates stores and websites both domestically and internationally. We design, market and sell our products, including those under the J.Crew ®  and Madewell ®  brands, offering complete assortments of women’s, men’s and children’s apparel and accessories.
A summary of our revenues by brand is as follows:
 
(in millions, except percentages)	  	Fiscal 2014	 	 	Fiscal 2013	 	 	Fiscal 2012(b)	 	
 	  	Amount	 	  	Percent of
Total	 	 	Amount	 	  	Percent of
Total	 	 	Amount	 	  	Percent of
Total	 	
J.Crew	  	$	2,295.1	  	  	 	89.0	% 	 	$	2,212.7	  	  	 	91.1	% 	 	$	2,066.2	  	  	 	92.8	% 	
Madewell	  	 	245.3	  	  	 	9.5	  	 	 	181.4	  	  	 	7.5	  	 	 	131.9	  	  	 	5.9	  	
Other(a)	  	 	39.3	  	  	 	1.5	  	 	 	34.2	  	  	 	1.4	  	 	 	29.6	  	  	 	1.3	  	
Total	  	$	2,579.7	  	  	 	100.0	% 	 	$	2,428.3	  	  	 	100.0	% 	 	$	2,227.7	  	  	 	100.0	% 	
 
(a)	Consists primarily of shipping and handling fees and revenues from third-party resellers.	

(b)	Consists of 53 weeks.	
As of January 31, 2015, we operated 280 J.Crew retail stores, 139 J.Crew factory stores, and 85 Madewell stores throughout the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom and Hong Kong.
A summary of highlights for fiscal 2014 is as follows:
·	Revenues increased 6.2% to $2,579.7 million.	

·	Comparable company sales decreased 0.7%.	

·	E-commerce net sales increased 9.3% to $826.2 million.	

·	We recorded non-cash impairment losses of $710 million, as a result of write downs of (i) goodwill of $562 million, (ii) intangible assets of $145 million, and (iii) certain leasehold improvements of $3 million.	

·	We refinanced our Term Loan Facility and ABL Facility and redeemed our Senior Notes, which will result in annual interest savings of $16 million. We recorded a loss on refinancings of $59 million.	

·	We opened 17 J.Crew retail stores (including one store in the United Kingdom and two stores in Hong Kong), 18 J.Crew factory stores, and 20 Madewell stores. We closed two J.Crew retail stores.	
24

 
How We Assess the Performance of Our Business
In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. A key measure used in evaluating our business is comparable company sales. We also consider gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses in assessing the performance of our business.
Net Sales
Net sales reflect our revenues from the sale of our merchandise less returns and discounts. We aggregate our merchandise into four sales categories: (i) women’s apparel, (ii) men’s apparel, (iii) children’s apparel, and (iv) accessories, which include shoes, socks, jewelry, handbags, belts and hair accessories. The approximate percentage of our sales by these four categories is as follows:
 
 	  	Fiscal
2014	 	 	Fiscal
2013	 	 	Fiscal
2012	 	
Apparel	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Women’s	  	 	54	% 	 	 	55	% 	 	 	57	% 	
Men’s	  	 	26	  	 	 	25	  	 	 	24	  	
Children’s	  	 	7	  	 	 	6	  	 	 	6	  	
Accessories	  	 	13	  	 	 	14	  	 	 	13	  	
 	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	
Comparable Company Sales
Comparable company sales reflect: (i) net sales at stores that have been open for at least twelve months, (ii) e-commerce net sales, and (iii) shipping and handling fees, which are recorded as other revenues on our statements of operations. Comparable company sales exclude net sales from: (i) new stores that have not been open for twelve months, (ii) the 53 rd  week, if applicable, (iii) stores that experience a square footage change of at least 15 percent, (iv) stores that have been temporarily closed for at least 30 consecutive days, (v) permanently closed stores, and (vi) temporary “pop up” stores.
Measuring the change in year-over-year comparable company sales allows us to evaluate the performance of our business. Various factors affect comparable company sales, including:
·	consumer preferences, fashion trends, buying trends and overall economic trends,	

·	competition,	

·	changes in our merchandise mix,	

·	pricing,	

·	the timing of our releases of new merchandise and promotional events,	

·	the level of customer service that we provide,	

·	our ability to source and distribute products efficiently, and	

·	the number of stores we open, close (including on a temporary basis for renovations) and expand in any period.	
Cyclicality and Seasonality
Our industry is cyclical and our revenues are affected by general economic conditions. Purchases of apparel and accessories are sensitive to a number of factors that influence the levels of consumer spending, including economic conditions and the level of disposable consumer income, consumer debt, interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and consumer confidence.
Our business is seasonal and as a result, our revenues fluctuate from quarter to quarter. We have four distinct selling seasons that align with our four fiscal quarters. Revenues are usually higher in our fourth fiscal quarter, particularly December when customers make holiday purchases. In fiscal 2014, we realized approximately 27% of our revenues in the fourth fiscal quarter.
Gross Profit
Gross profit is determined by subtracting our cost of goods sold from our revenues. Cost of goods sold includes the direct cost of purchased merchandise, freight, design, buying and production costs, occupancy costs related to store operations (such as rent and utilities) and all shipping costs associated with our e-commerce business. Cost of goods sold varies directly with revenues, and
25

 
therefore, is usually higher in our fourth fiscal quarter. Cost of goods sold also changes as we expand or contract our store base and incur higher or lower store occupancy costs. The primary drivers of the costs of individual goods are the costs of raw materials and labor in the countries where we source our merchandise. Gross margin measures gross profit as a percentage of our revenues.
Our gross profit may not be comparable to other specialty retailers, as some companies include all of the costs related to their distribution network in cost of goods sold while others, like us, exclude all or a portion of them from cost of goods sold and include them in selling, general and administrative expenses.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses include all operating expenses not included in cost of goods sold, primarily catalog production and mailing costs, certain warehousing expenses, administrative payroll, store expenses other than occupancy costs, depreciation and amortization, and credit card fees. These expenses do not necessarily vary proportionally with net sales.
Results of Operations
The following table presents our operating results as a percentage of revenues as well as selected store data:
 
 	  	Fiscal
2014	 	 	Fiscal
2013	 	 	Fiscal
2012	 	
Revenues	  	 	100.0	% 	 	 	100.0	% 	 	 	100.0	% 	
Cost of goods sold, including buying and occupancy costs(1)	  	 	62.4	  	 	 	58.6	  	 	 	55.7	  	
Gross profit(1)	  	 	37.6	  	 	 	41.4	  	 	 	44.3	  	
Selling, general and administrative expenses(1)	  	 	32.8	  	 	 	31.1	  	 	 	32.9	  	
Impairment losses	  	 	27.5	  	 	 	0.1	  	 	 	—	  	
Income (loss) from operations	  	 	(22.7	)  	 	 	10.3	  	 	 	11.4	  	
Interest expense, net	  	 	2.9	  	 	 	4.3	  	 	 	4.6	  	
Loss on refinancings	  	 	2.3	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Income (loss) before income taxes	  	 	(27.8	)  	 	 	6.0	  	 	 	6.8	  	
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	(2.3	)  	 	 	2.4	  	 	 	2.5	  	
Net income (loss)	  	 	(25.5	)% 	 	 	3.6	% 	 	 	4.3	% 	
 
 	  	Fiscal
2014  	 	 	Fiscal
2013  	 	 	Fiscal
2012	 	 	
Selected company data:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
J.Crew:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
        Number of stores open at end of period	 	 	419	  	 	 	386	  	 	 	353	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
        Store sales per gross square foot(2)	 	$	618	  	 	$	663	  	 	$	681	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
        Increase (decrease) in comparable company sales(2)	 	 	(1.9	)% 	 	 	2.7	% 	 	 	12.4	% 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Madewell:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
         Number of stores open at end of period	  	 	85	  	 	 	65	  	 	 	48	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
         Store sales per gross square foot(2)	  	$	747	  	 	$	709	  	 	$	698	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
         Increase (decrease) in comparable company sales(2)	  	 	14.1	% 	 	 	9.1	% 	 	 	16.6	% 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 
(1)	We exclude a portion of our distribution network costs from cost of goods sold and include them in selling, general and administrative expenses. Our gross profit therefore may not be directly comparable to that of some of our competitors.	

(2)	Calculated on a 52-week basis.	
26

 
Results of Operations—Fiscal 2014 compared to Fiscal 2013
 
 	  	Fiscal 2014	 	 	Fiscal 2013	 	 	Variance
Increase / (Decrease)	 	
(Dollars in millions)	  	Amount	 	  	Percent of
Revenues	 	 	Amount	 	  	Percent of
Revenues	 	 	Dollars	 	  	Percentage	 	
Revenues	  	$	2,579.7	  	  	 	100.0	% 	 	$	2,428.3	  	  	 	100.0	% 	 	$	151.4	  	  	 	6.2	% 	
Gross profit	  	 	970.9	  	  	 	37.6	  	 	 	1,006.1	  	  	 	41.4	  	 	 	(35.2	)  	  	 	(3.5	)  	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	  	 	846.0	  	  	 	32.8	  	 	 	754.3	  	  	 	31.1	  	 	 	91.7	  	  	 	12.1	  	
Impairment losses	  	 	710.0	  	  	 	27.5	  	 	 	1.9	  	  	 	0.1	  	 	 	708.1	  	  	 	NM	  	
Income (loss) from operations	  	 	(585.0	)  	  	 	(22.7	)  	 	 	249.9	  	  	 	10.3	  	 	 	(834.9	)  	  	 	NM	  	
Interest expense, net	  	 	74.4	  	  	 	2.9	  	 	 	104.2	  	  	 	4.3	  	 	 	(29.8	)  	  	 	(28.7	)  	
Loss on refinancings	  	 	59.0	  	  	 	2.3	  	 	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	59.0	  	  	 	NM	  	
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	(60.6	)  	  	 	(2.3	)  	 	 	57.6	  	  	 	2.4	  	 	 	(118.2	)  	  	 	NM	  	
Net income (loss)	  	$	(657.8	)  	  	 	(25.5	)% 	 	$	88.1	  	  	 	3.6	% 	 	$	(745.9	)  	  	 	NM	% 	
Revenues
Total revenues increased $151.4 million, or 6.2%, to $2,579.7 million from $2,428.3 million last year, driven primarily by an increase in sales of (i) men’s apparel, specifically shirts, suiting, and knits and (ii) women’s apparel, specifically knits, jackets, and pants. Comparable company sales decreased 0.7% following an increase of 3.1% last year. Total e-commerce sales increased $70.3 million, or 9.3%, to $826.2 million from $755.9 million last year following an increase of 16.0% in fiscal 2013.
J.Crew sales increased $82.4 million, or 3.7%, to $2,295.1 million from $2,212.7 million last year. J.Crew comparable sales decreased 1.9% following an increase of 2.7% last year. In fiscal 2014, we saw a softening of the sales trend in our J.Crew women’s apparel, which we expect to continue at least through the first quarter of fiscal 2015.
Madewell sales increased $63.9 million, or 35.2%, to $245.3 million from $181.4 million last year. Madewell comparable sales increased 14.1% following an increase of 9.1% last year.
Other revenues, which consist primarily of shipping and handling fees, increased $5.1 million, or 14.8%, to $39.3 million in fiscal 2014 from $34.2 million last year.
Gross Profit
Gross profit decreased $35.2 million to $970.9 million in fiscal 2014 from $1,006.1 million last year. This decrease resulted from the following factors:
 
(Dollars in millions)	  	Increase	 	
Increase in revenues	  	$	80.7	  	
Decrease in merchandise margin	  	 	(85.8	)  	
Increase in buying and occupancy costs	  	 	(30.1	) 	
Total decrease in gross profit	  	$	(35.2	)  	
Gross margin decreased to 37.6% in fiscal 2014 from 41.4% last year. The decrease in gross margin was driven by: (i) a 330 basis point deterioration in merchandise margin due to increased markdowns and (ii) a 50 basis point increase in buying and occupancy costs as a percentage of revenues.
27

 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $91.7 million, or 12.1%, to $846.0 million in fiscal 2014 from $754.3 million last year. This increase primarily resulted from the following:
 
(Dollars in millions)	  	Increase	 	
Increase in operating expenses, primarily store expenses and payroll	  	$	47.7	  	
Increase in depreciation	  	 	14.7	  	
Increase in advertising and catalog costs	  	 	6.9	  	
Foreign currency transaction losses	  	 	5.5	  	
Increase in share-based and incentive compensation	  	 	4.4	  	
Insurance proceeds received in the prior year	  	 	4.3	  	
Other, net	  	 	8.2	  	
Total increase in selling, general and administrative expenses	  	$	91.7	  	
As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 32.8% in fiscal 2014 from 31.1% last year.
Impairment Losses
As noted in the first and second quarters of fiscal 2014, we determined that there was substantial deterioration in the excess of fair value over the carrying value of our Stores reporting unit.   During the third quarter, we saw a further significant reduction in the profitability of our Stores reporting unit, primarily driven by performance of women’s apparel and accessories in stores, which we expect to continue at least through the first quarter of fiscal 2015. As a result of current and expected future operating results, we concluded that the carrying value of the Stores reporting unit exceeded its fair value and recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $562 million. Additionally, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $145 million to write down the intangible asset related to the J.Crew trade name. If operating results continue to decline below our expectations, additional impairment charges may be recorded in the future.  
The impairment losses were the result of the write-down of the following assets:
 
(Dollars in millions)	Fiscal 2014	 	 	Fiscal 2013	 	
Goodwill allocated to the Stores reporting unit	$	562.2	 	 	$	—	 	
Intangible asset related to the J.Crew trade name	 	145.0	 	 	 	—	 	
Store leasehold improvements	 	2.8	 	 	 	1.9	 	
Impairment losses	$	710.0	 	 	$	1.9	 	
These impairment charges do not have an effect on our operations, liquidity or financial covenants, and do not change management’s long-term strategy, which includes its plans to drive disciplined growth across our brands. If operating results continue to decline below our expectations, additional impairments may be recorded in the future.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, we changed our operating segments and reporting units to align with our omni-channel strategy, which focuses on a seamless approach to the customer experience through all available sales channels. Prior to such change, as a multi-channel retailer, we allocated resources to our channels, Stores and Direct. As an omni-channel retailer, we now allocate resources to our brands. Therefore, we have determined our operating segments to be J.Crew and Madewell, which have been aggregated into one reportable segment. The goodwill allocated to the J.Crew and Madewell reporting units is $1,017 million and $108 million, respectively.  
28

 
Interest Expense, Net
Interest expense, net of interest income, decreased $29.8 million to $74.4 million in fiscal 2014 from $104.2 million last year driven primarily by the redemption of our Senior Notes. A summary of interest expense is as follows:
 
(Dollars in millions)	  	Fiscal 2014	 	  	Fiscal 2013	 	
Term Loan	  	$	61.9	  	  	$	48.8	  	
Amortization of deferred financing costs	  	 	5.7	  	  	 	9.9	  	
Senior Notes	  	 	5.3	  	  	 	32.5	  	
Realized hedging losses	  	 	0.8	  	  	 	12.1	  	
Other, net of interest income	  	 	0.7	  	  	 	0.9	  	
Interest expense, net	  	$	74.4	  	  	$	104.2	  	
Loss on Refinancings
In fiscal 2014, we refinanced our Term Loan Facility and ABL Facility and redeemed our Senior Notes. In connection with these refinancings, we recorded a loss of $59.0 million, the components of which are as follows:
 
(Dollars in millions)	Fiscal 2014	 	
Prior unrealized losses on cash flow hedge	$	22.4	 	
Call premium on Senior Notes	 	16.3	 	
Write-off of deferred financing costs	 	15.8	 	
Other financing costs	 	4.5	 	
Loss on refinancings	$	59.0	 	
Income Taxes
The effective tax rate for fiscal 2014 was 8.4%. The difference between the US federal statutory rate of 35% and the effective rate was driven primarily by the non-cash impairment charge related to the write off of goodwill, which is not tax deductible, and therefore has no tax benefit. Other items impacting the effective rate include state and local income taxes, benefits of lower rates in foreign jurisdictions, offset by the recognition of certain foreign valuation allowances.
The effective tax rate for fiscal 2013 was 39.4%. The difference between the US federal statutory rate of 35% and the effective rate was driven primarily by state and local income taxes, offset by certain federal tax credits.
Net Income (Loss)
Net income (loss) decreased $745.9 million to a net loss of $657.8 million in fiscal 2014 from net income of $88.1 million last year. This decrease was due to: (i) impairment losses of $708.1 million, (ii) an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of $91.7 million, (iii) the loss on refinancings of $59.0 million, and (iv) a decrease in gross profit of $35.2 million, partially offset by (v) a decrease in the provision for income taxes of $118.2 million and (vi) a decrease in interest expense of $29.8 million.
Results of Operations—Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012
 
 	  	Fiscal 2013	 	 	Fiscal 2012(a)	 	 	Variance
Increase / (Decrease)	 	
(Dollars in millions)	  	Amount	 	  	Percent of
Revenues	 	 	Amount	 	  	Percent of
Revenues	 	 	Dollars	 	  	Percentage	 	
Revenues	  	$	2,428.3	  	  	 	100.0	% 	 	$	2,227.7	  	  	 	100.0	% 	 	$	200.6	  	  	 	9.0	% 	
Gross profit	  	 	1,006.1	  	  	 	41.4	  	 	 	986.7	  	  	 	44.3	  	 	 	19.4	  	  	 	2.0	  	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	  	 	756.2	  	  	 	31.1	  	 	 	733.1	  	  	 	32.9	  	 	 	23.1	  	  	 	3.2	  	
Income from operations	  	 	249.9	  	  	 	10.3	  	 	 	253.7	  	  	 	11.4	  	 	 	(3.8	)  	  	 	(1.5	)  	
Interest expense, net	  	 	104.2	  	  	 	4.3	  	 	 	101.7	  	  	 	4.6	  	 	 	2.5	  	  	 	2.5	  	
Provision for income taxes	  	 	57.6	  	  	 	2.4	  	 	 	55.9	  	  	 	2.5	  	 	 	1.7	  	  	 	3.0	  	
Net income	  	$	88.1	  	  	 	3.6	% 	 	$	96.1	  	  	 	4.3	% 	 	$	(8.0	)  	  	 	(8.3	)% 	
29

 
Revenues
Total revenues increased $200.6 million, or 9.0%, to $2,428.3 million in fiscal 2013 from $2,227.7 million in fiscal 2012, driven primarily by an increase in sales of (i) men’s apparel, specifically shirts, pants, and suiting and (ii) women’s apparel, specifically sweaters, knits, and shirts. Revenues generated in the 53 rd  week last year were $20.9 million. Comparable company sales increased 3.1% in fiscal 2013 following an increase of 12.6% in fiscal 2012. Total e-commerce sales increased $104.4 million, or 16.0%, to $755.9 million in fiscal 2013 from $651.5 million in fiscal 2012 following an increase of 19.4%, in fiscal 2012.
J.Crew sales increased $146.5 million, or 7.1%, to $2,212.7 million in fiscal 2013 from $2,066.2 million in fiscal 2012. J.Crew comparable sales increased 2.7% in fiscal 2013 following an increase of 12.4% in fiscal 2012.
Madewell sales increased $49.5 million, or 37.5%, to $181.4 million in fiscal 2013 from $131.9 million in fiscal 2012. Madewell comparable sales increased 9.1% in fiscal 2013 following an increase of 16.6% in fiscal 2012.
Other revenues, which consist primarily of shipping and handling fees, increased $4.6 million, or 15.4%, to $34.2 million in fiscal 2013 from $29.6 million in fiscal 2012. This increase resulted primarily from revenues from third party resellers and shipping and handling fees.
Gross Profit
Gross profit increased $19.4 million to $1,006.1 million in fiscal 2013 from $986.7 million in fiscal 2012. This increase resulted from the following factors:
 
(Dollars in millions)	  	Increase	 	
Increase in revenues	  	$	111.4	  	
Decrease in merchandise margin	  	 	(55.4	)  	
Increase in buying and occupancy costs	  	 	(36.6	) 	
Total increase in gross profit	  	$	19.4	  	
Gross margin decreased to 41.4% in fiscal 2013 from 44.3% in fiscal 2012. The decrease in gross margin was driven by: (i) a 230 basis point deterioration in merchandise margin due to increased markdowns and (ii) a 60 basis point increase in buying and occupancy costs as a percentage of revenues.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $23.1 million, or 3.2%, to $756.2 million in fiscal 2013 from $733.1 million in fiscal 2012. This increase primarily resulted from the following:
 
(Dollars in millions)	  	Increase	 	
Increase in operating expenses, primarily non-comparable store expenses and payroll	  	$	25.7	  	
Increase in advertising and catalog costs	  	 	12.8	  	
Dividend equivalent payment	  	 	6.1	  	
Increase in depreciation	  	 	5.5	  	
Decrease in share-based and incentive compensation	  	 	(31.4	)  	
Insurance proceeds	  	 	(2.2	)  	
Other, net	  	 	6.6	  	
Total increase in selling, general and administrative expenses	  	$	23.1	  	
As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 31.1% in fiscal 2013 from 32.9% in fiscal 2012.
30

 
Interest Expense, Net
Interest expense, net of interest income, increased $2.5 million to $104.2 million in fiscal 2013 from $101.7 million in fiscal 2012. A summary of interest expense is as follows:
 
(Dollars in millions)	  	Fiscal 2013	 	  	Fiscal 2012	 	
Term Loan	  	$	48.8	  	  	$	57.9	  	
Senior Notes	  	 	32.5	  	  	 	32.5	  	
Realized hedging losses	  	 	12.1	  	  	 	0.6	  	
Amortization of deferred financing costs	  	 	9.9	  	  	 	9.6	  	
Other, net of interest income	  	 	0.9	  	  	 	1.1	  	
Interest expense, net	  	$	104.2	  	  	$	101.7	  	
Income Taxes
The effective tax rate for fiscal 2013 was 39.4%. The difference between the US federal statutory rate of 35% and the effective rate was driven primarily by state and local income taxes, net of federal benefit.
The effective tax rate for fiscal 2012 was 36.7%. The difference between the US federal statutory rate of 35% and the effective rate was driven primarily by state and local income taxes, partially offset by a reduction in uncertain tax positions due to the expiration of statute of limitations.
Net Income
Net income decreased $8.0 million to $88.1 million in fiscal 2013 from $96.1 million in fiscal 2012. This decrease was due to an: (i) increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of $23.1 million, (ii) increase in interest expense of $2.5 million and (iii) increase in provision for income taxes of $1.7 million, partially offset by (iv) increase in gross profit of $19.4 million.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary sources of liquidity are our current balances of cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations and borrowings available under the ABL Facility. Our primary cash needs are (i) capital expenditures in connection with opening new stores and remodeling our existing stores, investments in our distribution network, making information technology system enhancements, (ii) meeting debt service requirements (including paying dividends to an indirect parent company for the purposes of servicing debt – see note 7 to the consolidated financial statements) and (iii) funding working capital requirements. The most significant components of our working capital are cash and cash equivalents, merchandise inventories, accounts payable and other current liabilities.
31

 
See “—Outlook” below.
Operating Activities
 
 	 	For the Year Ended	 	
 (Dollars in millions)	  	January 31,
2015	 	 	February 1,
2014	 	 	February 2,
2013	 	
Net income (loss)	  	$	(657.8	)  	 	$	88.1	  	 	$	96.1	  	
Adjustments to reconcile to cash flows from operating activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Impairment losses	  	 	710.0	  	 	 	1.9	  	 	 	0.6	  	
Depreciation of property and equipment	  	 	93.5	  	 	 	77.5	  	 	 	71.9	  	
Loss on refinancings	  	 	59.0	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Amortization of intangible assets	  	 	15.9	  	 	 	17.8	  	 	 	23.6	  	
Share-based compensation	  	 	6.0	  	 	 	5.8	  	 	 	5.3	  	
Amortization of deferred financing costs	  	 	5.7	  	 	 	9.9	  	 	 	9.6	  	
Foreign currency transaction losses	  	 	5.5	  	 	 	0.4	  	 	 	—	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	(75.0	) 	 	 	(5.2	) 	 	 	(8.9	) 	
Realized hedging losses	  	 	—	  	 	 	12.1	  	 	 	—	  	
Excess tax benefits from share-based awards	  	 	—	 	 	 	(0.7	)	 	 	—	 	
Changes in merchandise inventories	  	 	(15.1	) 	 	 	(88.9	) 	 	 	(23.0	) 	
Changes in accounts payable and other liabilities	  	 	4.9	  	 	 	108.7	  	 	 	29.9	  	
Changes in other operating assets and liabilities	  	 	5.5	 	 	 	5.1	 	 	 	(10.9	) 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	  	$	158.1	  	 	$	232.5	  	 	$	194.2	  	
Cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2014 was $158.1 million and consisted of (i) non-cash adjustments, including impairment losses, and the loss on refinancings of $820.6 million, offset by (ii) net loss of $657.8 million and (iii) changes in operating assets and liabilities of $4.7 million due primarily to seasonal working capital fluctuations, primarily increased merchandise inventories and reduced accrued interest as a result of the redemption of our Senior Notes in March 2014.
Cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2013 was $232.5 million and consisted of (i) net income of $88.1 million, (ii) adjustments to net income of $119.5 million, and (iii) changes in operating assets and liabilities of $24.9 million due primarily to an increase in accounts payable, as a result of working capital management, offset by an increase in merchandise inventories.
Cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2012 was $194.2 million and consisted of (i) net income of $96.1 million, (ii) adjustments to net income of $102.1 million, offset by (iii) changes in operating assets and liabilities of $4.0 million due primarily to increases in prepaid income taxes and inventories.
Investing Activities
 
 	 	For the Year Ended	 	
 (Dollars in millions)	  	January  31,
2015	 	  	February 1,
2014	 	  	February 2,
2013	 	
Capital expenditures:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
New stores	  	$	58.3	  	  	$	54.6	  	  	$	51.9	  	
Information technology	  	 	46.5	  	  	 	47.6	  	  	 	37.1	  	
Other(1)	  	 	23.1	  	  	 	29.2	  	  	 	43.0	  	
Other investing activities	  	 	4.8	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	
Net cash used in investing activities	  	$	132.7	  	  	$	131.4	  	  	$	132.0	  	
 
(1)	Includes capital expenditures for warehouse and corporate office expansion, store renovations and general corporate purposes.	
Capital expenditures are planned at approximately $125 to $135 million for fiscal 2015, including $50 to $55 million for new stores, $50 to $55 million for information technology enhancements, $10 to $15 million for warehouse and corporate office expansion, and the remainder for store renovations and general corporate purposes.
32

 
Financing Activities
 
 	 	For the Year Ended	 	
 (Dollars in millions)	 	January 31,
2015	 	 	February 1,
2014	 	 	February 2,
2013	 	
Proceeds from Term Loan Facility, net of discount	 	$	1,559.2	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	  	
Repayments of former term loan	 	 	(1,167.0	) 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	  	
Redemption of Senior Notes	 	 	(400.0	) 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Costs paid in connection with refinancings of debt	 	 	(22.2	) 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(2.7	) 	
Dividend and contribution to Parent	 	 	(27.7	) 	 	 	(0.7	) 	 	 	(198.0	)	
Excess tax benefit from share-based awards	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.7	 	 	 	—	 	
Principal repayments of Term Loan Facility	 	 	(11.8	) 	 	 	(12.0	) 	 	 	(15.0	) 	
Net cash used in financing activities	 	$	(69.5	) 	 	$	(12.0	) 	 	$	(215.7	) 	
Cash used in financing activities was $69.5 million in fiscal 2014 resulting from (i) costs paid in connection with the refinancings of debt, (ii) the payment of dividends to an indirect parent company to fund debt service obligations, and (iii) principal repayment.
Cash used in financing activities was $12.0 million in fiscal 2013 resulting primarily from the repayment of debt.
Cash used in financing activities was $215.7 million in fiscal 2012 resulting primarily from the payment of a dividend and repayment of debt.
Financing Arrangements
ABL Facility
The ABL Facility is governed by a credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and the other agents and lenders, which provides for a $300 million senior secured asset-based revolving line of credit (which may be increased by up to $75 million in certain circumstances), subject to a borrowing base limitation. On December 10, 2014, we amended the ABL Facility to among other things, (i) increase the revolving credit commitments from $250 million to $300 million, (ii) extend the maturity, and (iii) reduce the pricing on loans and letters of credit. The borrowing base under the ABL Facility equals the sum of : 90% of the eligible credit card receivables; plus, 85% of eligible accounts; plus, 90% (or 92.5% for the period of August 1 through December 31 of any fiscal year) of the net recovery percentage of eligible inventory multiplied by the cost of eligible inventory; plus 85% of the net recovery percentage of eligible letters of credit inventory, multiplied by the cost of eligible letter of credit inventory; plus, 85% of the net recovery percentage of eligible in-transit inventory, multiplied by the cost of eligible in-transit inventory; plus, 100% of qualified cash; minus, all availability and inventory reserves. The ABL Facility includes borrowing capacity in the forms of letters of credit up to the entire amount of the facility, and up to $25 million in U.S. dollars for loans on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans, and is available in U.S. dollars, Canadian dollars and Euros. Any amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility are due and payable in full on the maturity date of December 10, 2019.
On January 31, 2015, standby letters of credit were $12.7 million, excess availability, as defined, was $287.3 million, and there were no borrowings outstanding. Average short-term borrowings under the ABL Facility were $1.7 million and $2.4 million in fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, respectively.
See note 7 to the consolidated financial statements for a further description of the terms of the ABL Facility.
Demand Letter of Credit Facilities
The Company has unsecured, demand letter of credit facilities with HSBC and Bank of America which provide for the issuance of up to $50 million and $20 million, respectively, of documentary letters of credit on a no fee basis. On January 31, 2015, outstanding documentary letters of credit were $10 million and availability was $60 million in the aggregate under these facilities.
Term Loan
On March 5, 2014, we refinanced our Term Loan Facility, the proceeds of which were used to (i) refinance amounts outstanding under the former term loan facility of $1,167 million and (ii) together with cash on hand, redeem in full the outstanding Senior Notes of $400 million, and to pay fees, call premiums and accrued interest to the date of redemption, pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture. The maturity date of the Term Loan Facility is March 5, 2021.
33

 
We are required to make principal repayments equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the Term Loan Facility, or $3.9 million, on the last business day of January, April, July, and October, which commenced in July 2014. We are also required to repay the term loan based on an annual excess cash flow, as defined in the agreement beginning in fiscal 2014.
The interest rate on the $1,555 million outstanding under the Term Loan Facility was 4.00% on January 31, 2015.
See note 7 to the consolidated financial statements for a further description of the terms of the Term Loan Facility.
PIK Notes
On November 4, 2013 the Issuer, our indirect parent holding company, issued $500 million aggregate principal of PIK Notes.  The PIK Notes are: (i) senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer, (ii) structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of the Issuers’ subsidiaries, and (iii) not guaranteed by any of the Issuers’ subsidiaries, and therefore are not recorded in our financial statements.  We declared dividends to the Issuer in the first and third quarters of fiscal 2014 to fund the semi-annual interest payments due May 1, 2014 and November 3, 2014. Additionally, while not required, we intend to pay dividends to the Issuer to fund interest payments, which would aggregate to $174 million through the remainder of the term if all interest on the PIK Notes is paid in cash.  
Outlook
Our short-term and long-term liquidity needs arise primarily from (i) capital expenditures, (ii) debt service requirements, including required quarterly principal repayments, repayments based on annual excess cash flow as defined and dividends to our indirect parent company for the purposes of servicing debt, and (iii) working capital needs. Management anticipates that capital expenditures in fiscal 2015 will be approximately $125 to $135 million, including $50 to $55 million for new stores, $50 to $55 million for information technology enhancements, $10 to $15 million for warehouse and corporate office improvements, and the remainder for store renovations and general corporate purposes. Management expects to pay interest of approximately $75 million in fiscal 2015, excluding any payments of dividends to the Issuer to fund debt service obligations. Management believes that our current balances of cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operations and amounts available under the ABL Facility will be adequate to fund our primary short-term and long-term liquidity needs. Our ability to satisfy these obligations and to remain in compliance with the financial covenants under our financing arrangements, depends on our future operating performance, which in turn, may be impacted by prevailing economic conditions and other financial and business factors, some of which are beyond our control. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” in part II of this report.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
We enter into documentary letters of credit to facilitate a portion of our international purchase of merchandise. We also enter into standby letters of credit to secure reimbursement obligations under certain insurance and import programs and lease obligations. As of January 31, 2015, we had the following obligations under letters of credit in future periods.
 
Letters of Credit	  	Total	 	  	Within
1 Year	 	  	2-3
Years	 	  	4-5
Years	 	  	After 5
Years	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Standby	  	$	12.7	  	  	$	11.3	  	  	$	0.5	 	  	$	0.9	 	  	$	—	 	
Documentary	  	 	10.0	  	  	 	10.0	  	  	 	—	 	  	 	—	 	  	 	—	 	
 	  	$	22.7	  	  	$	21.3	  	  	$	0.5	 	  	$	0.9	 	  	$	—	  	
34

 
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of January 31, 2015 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods:
 
 	  	Total	 	  	Within
1 Year	 	  	2-3
Years	 	  	4-5
Years	 	  	After 5
Years	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Operating lease obligations(1)	  	$	1,129.4	  	  	$	178.4	  	  	$	328.2	  	  	$	260.4	  	  	$	362.4	  	
Liabilities associated with uncertain tax positions(2)	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Purchase obligations:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Inventory commitments	  	 	678.7	  	  	 	678.7	  	  	 	—	 	  	 	—	 	  	 	—	 	
Employment agreements	  	 	2.8	  	  	 	2.6	  	  	 	0.2	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	 	
Other	  	 	2.3	  	  	 	2.3	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	 	  	 	—	 	
Total purchase obligations	  	 	683.8	  	  	 	683.6	  	  	 	0.2	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	 	
Senior Credit Facilities(3)(4)	  	 	1,555.2	  	  	 	15.7	  	  	 	31.4	  	  	 	31.4	  	  	 	1,476.7	  	
Dividends to Parent(5)	  	 	 	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	  	
Total	  	$	3,368.4	  	  	$	877.7	  	  	$	359.8	  	  	$	291.8	  	  	$	1,839.1	  	
 
(1)	Operating lease obligations represent obligations under various long-term operating leases entered in the normal course of business for retail and factory stores, warehouses, office space and equipment requiring minimum annual rentals. Operating lease expense is a significant component of our operating expenses. The lease terms range for various periods of time in various rental markets and are entered into at different times, which mitigates exposure to market changes that could have a material effect on our results of operations within any given year. Operating lease obligations do not include common area maintenance, insurance, taxes and other occupancy costs, which aggregate to approximately 44% of the minimum lease obligations.	

(2)	As of January 31, 2015, we have recorded $13.1 million in liabilities associated with uncertain tax positions, which are included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. While these tax liabilities may result in future cash outflows, management cannot make reliable estimates of the cash flows by period due to the inherent uncertainty surrounding the effective settlement of these positions.	

(3)	Our Senior Credit Facilities are comprised of a $1,555 million Term Loan Facility and a $300 million ABL Facility. The amount reflected does not take into account any amounts that may be required to be prepaid from time to time based on our excess cash flow.	

(4)	Amounts shown do not include interest.	

(5)	On November 4, 2013, Chinos Intermediate Holdings A, Inc. (the “Issuer”), an indirect parent holding company of Group, issued $500 million aggregate principal of 7.75/8.50% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due May 1, 2019 (the “PIK Notes”). The PIK Notes are: (i) senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer, (ii) structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of the Issuers’ subsidiaries, and (iii) not guaranteed by any of the Issuers’ subsidiaries, and therefore are not recorded in our financial statements. We declared dividends to the Issuer in the first and third quarters of fiscal 2014 to fund the semi-annual interest payments due May 1, 2014 and November 3, 2014. Additionally, while not required, we intend to pay dividends to the Issuer to fund future interest payments, which would aggregate to $174 million through the remainder of the term if all interest on the PIK Notes is paid in cash.	
Impact of Inflation
Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition have not been significant.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2013, a pronouncement was issued that provided guidance related to the presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit, specifically when to present as a reduction of deferred taxes or as a liability, in situations where a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company adopted this pronouncement on February 2, 2014, which did not have a significant impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements.
In May 2014, a pronouncement was issued that clarified the principles of revenue recognition, which standardizes a comprehensive model for recognizing revenue arising from contracts with customers. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new pronouncement on our condensed consolidated financial statements.
35

 
Critical Accounting Policies
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of our assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Management bases estimates on historical experience and other assumptions it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances and evaluates these estimates on an on-going basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
The following critical accounting policies reflect the significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. With respect to critical accounting policies, even a relatively minor variance between actual and expected experience can potentially have a materially favorable or unfavorable impact on subsequent consolidated results of operations. For more information on our accounting policies, please refer to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this annual report on Form 10-K.
Revenue Recognition
·	We recognize sales made in our stores at the point of sale, and sales through our e-commerce business at an estimated date of receipt by the customer. Amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling sales are classified as other revenues. We make estimates of future sales returns related to current period sales. Management analyzes historical returns, current economic trends and changes in customer acceptance of our products when evaluating the adequacy of the reserve for sales returns.	

·	Employee discounts are classified as a reduction of revenue.	

·	We account for gift cards by recognizing a liability at the time a gift card is sold and recognizing revenue at the time the gift card is redeemed for merchandise. We review our gift card liability on an ongoing basis and recognize income from unredeemed gift card liability on a ratable basis over the estimated period of redemption. We defer revenue and recognize a liability for gift cards issued in connection with our customer loyalty program. Any unredeemed loyalty gift cards are recognized as income in the period in which they expire.	
Inventory Valuation
Merchandise inventories are carried at the lower of average cost or market value. We capitalize certain design, purchasing and warehousing costs in inventory. We evaluate all of our inventories to determine excess inventories based on estimated future sales. Excess inventories may be disposed of through our e-commerce business, factory stores and other liquidation methods. Based on historical results experienced through various methods of disposition, we write down the carrying value of inventories that are not expected to be sold at or above cost. Additionally, we reduce the cost of inventories based on an estimate of lost or stolen items each period.
Deferred Catalog Costs
The costs associated with direct response advertising, which consist primarily of catalog production and mailing costs, are capitalized and amortized over the expected future revenue stream of the catalog mailings, which we currently estimate to be approximately two months. The expected future revenue stream is determined based on historical revenue trends developed over an extended period of time. If the current revenue streams were to diverge from the expected trend, our amortization of deferred catalog costs would be adjusted accordingly.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The Acquisition of the Company was accounted for as a purchase business combination, whereby the purchase price paid was allocated to recognize the acquired assets and liabilities at fair value. In connection with the purchase price allocation, intangible assets were established for the J.Crew and Madewell trade names, loyalty program, customer lists and favorable lease commitments. The purchase price in excess of the fair value of assets and liabilities was recorded as goodwill, which consists primarily of intangible assets related to the knowhow, design and merchandising of the Company’s brands that do not qualify for separate recognition.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets, such as the J.Crew trade name and goodwill, are not subject to amortization. The Company assesses the recoverability of indefinite-lived intangibles whenever there are indicators of impairment, or at least annually in the fourth quarter. If the recorded carrying value of an intangible asset exceeds its estimated fair value, the Company records a charge to write the intangible asset down to its fair value. Definite-lived intangibles, such as the Madewell trade name, loyalty program, customer lists and favorable lease commitments, are amortized on a straight line basis over their useful life or remaining lease term.
36

 
We assess the recoverability of goodwill at the reporting unit level, which consists of our operating segments. In this assessment, we first compare the estimated enterprise fair value of each of our reporting units to its recorded carrying value. We estimate the enterprise fair value based on discounted cash flow techniques. If the recorded carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated enterprise fair value in the first step, a second step is performed in which we allocate the enterprise fair value to the fair value of the reporting unit’s net assets. The second step of the impairment testing process requires, among other things, estimates of fair values of substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets. Any enterprise fair value in excess of amounts allocated to such net assets represents the implied fair value of goodwill for that reporting unit. If the recorded goodwill balance for a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded to write goodwill down to its fair value.
In fiscal 2014, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $562 million. The remaining goodwill on our balance sheet at January 31, 2015 is allocated to our reporting units as follows:
 
(Dollars in millions)	  	Goodwill	 	
J.Crew	  	$	1,017	  	
Madewell	  	 	108	  	
Total	  	$	1,125	  	
Fixed Asset Impairment
We are exposed to potential impairment if the book value of our assets exceeds their expected undiscounted future cash flows. The major components of our long-lived assets are store fixtures, equipment and leasehold improvements. The impairment of unamortized costs is measured at the store level and the unamortized cost is reduced to fair value if it is determined that the sum of expected discounted future net cash flows is less than net book value.
Income Taxes
An asset and liability method is used to account for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are recognized based on the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred taxes are measured using current enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse. Inherent in the measurement of deferred taxes are certain judgments and interpretations of enacted tax law and published guidance.
Management believes it is more likely than not that forecasted income, together with the tax effects of the deferred tax liabilities, will be sufficient to fully recover the remaining deferred tax assets. In the event that all or part of the net deferred tax assets are determined not to be realizable in the future, a valuation allowance would be charged to earnings in the period such determination is made. Similarly, if we subsequently realize deferred tax assets that were previously determined unrealizable, any valuation allowance would be reversed into income in the period such determination is made. In addition, the calculation of current and deferred taxes involves significant judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws. Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with management’s expectation could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position.
With respect to uncertain tax positions that we have taken or expect to take on a tax return, we recognize in our financial statements the impact of tax positions that meet a “more likely than not” threshold, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized from uncertain positions are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon effective settlement.
It is our intention to permanently reinvest undistributed earnings and profits from our foreign operations that have been generated through January 31, 2015 and future plans do not demonstrate a need to repatriate the foreign amounts to fund U.S. operations. Accordingly, no provision has been made for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries as of January 31, 2015. Cash held by our foreign subsidiaries is $7.5 million, valued in U.S. dollars, at January 31, 2015.
Share Based Compensation
The fair value of employee share-based awards is recognized as compensation expense in the statement of operations. Determining the fair value of options at the grant date requires judgment, including estimating the expected term that stock options will be outstanding prior to exercise, the associated volatility and the expected dividend yield. Upon grant of awards, we also estimate an amount of forfeitures that will occur prior to vesting. If actual forfeitures differ significantly from the estimates, share-based compensation expense could be materially impacted.
37

 
Foreign Currency Translation
The financial statements of the Company’s foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars.  Assets and liabilities are translated at current exchange rates as of the balance sheet date, equity accounts at historical exchange rates, while revenue and expense accounts are translated at the average rates in effect during the year. Translation adjustments are not included in determining net income, but are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss within stockholders’ equity.
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company enters into interest rate swap and cap agreements to manage a portion of our interest rate risk related to floating rate indebtedness. As cash flow hedges, unrealized gains are recognized as assets while unrealized losses are recognized as liabilities. The interest rate swap agreements are highly correlated to the changes in interest rates to which the Company is exposed. Unrealized gains and losses on this instrument are designated as effective or ineffective. The effective portion of such gains or losses is recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, while the ineffective portion of such gains or losses will be recorded as a component of interest expense. Future realized gains and losses in connection with each required interest payment will be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income or loss to interest expense.
 
ITEM  7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.	
Interest Rates
We are exposed to interest rate risk arising from changes in interest rates on the floating rate indebtedness under our Term Loan Facility. Borrowings pursuant to our Term Loan Facility bear interest at floating rates based on LIBOR, but in no event less than the floor rate of 1.00%, plus the applicable margin. Accordingly, fluctuations in market interest rates may increase or decrease our interest expense which will in turn, increase or decrease our net income and cash flow.
We manage a portion of our interest rate risk related to floating rate indebtedness by entering into interest rate swaps whereby we receive floating rate payments based on the greater of LIBOR and the floor rate and make payments based on a fixed rate. As of January 31, 2015, we had interest rate swaps covering a notional amount of $500 million. Under the terms of these agreements, the Company’s effective fixed interest rate on the notional amount of indebtedness is 3.56% plus the applicable margin.
In August 2014, the Company entered into new interest rate cap and swap agreements, which together with existing interest rate swaps, limit exposure to interest rate increases on a portion of the Company’s floating rate indebtedness. The interest rate cap agreements cover a notional amount of $400 million and cap LIBOR at 2.00% from March 2015 to March 2016. The interest rate swap agreements cover a notional amount of $800 million from March 2016 to March 2019. Under the terms of these agreements, the Company’s effective fixed interest rate on the notional amount of indebtedness is 2.56% plus the applicable margin.
As a result of the floor rate described above, we estimate that a 1% increase in LIBOR would not impact our interest expense in the current fiscal year.
Foreign Currency
Foreign currency exposures arise from transactions denominated in a currency other than the entity’s functional currency.  Although our inventory is primarily purchased from foreign vendors, such purchases are denominated in U.S. dollars; and are therefore not subject to foreign currency exchange risk.   However, we operate in foreign countries, which exposes the Company to market risk associated with exchange rate fluctuations.  The Company is exposed to foreign currency exchange risk resulting from its foreign operating subsidiaries’ U.S. dollar denominated transactions.   
 
ITEM  8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.	
See “Index to Financial Statements”, which is located on page F-1 of this report.
 
ITEM  9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.	
None.
 
38

 
ITEM  9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.	
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Senior Vice President and Interim Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. Management evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission in  Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) . Management, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015 and concluded that it is effective.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
ITEM  9B.	OTHER INFORMATION.	
None.

 
39

 
PART III
 
ITEM  10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF THE REGISTRANT.	
DIRECTORS
Our current Board consists of six members, who have been elected pursuant to a stockholders’ agreement between our Sponsors and Mr. Drexler. All of the directors, except Mr. Squeri and Mr. Drexler, are employees of our Sponsors and are therefore deemed to be affiliates. The names of our current directors, along with their present positions and qualifications, their principal occupations and directorships held with public corporations during the past five years, their ages and the year first elected as a director are set forth below.
 
Name	  	Age	 	  	Year First Elected Director	 	
James Coulter	  	 	55	  	  	 	1997	  	
John Danhakl	  	 	58	  	  	 	2011	  	
Millard Drexler	  	 	70	  	  	 	2003	  	
Jonathan Sokoloff	  	 	57	  	  	 	2011	  	
Stephen Squeri	  	 	56	  	  	 	2012	  	
Carrie Wheeler	  	 	43	  	  	 	2011	  	
James Coulter (55). Mr. Coulter has been a director since 1997. Mr. Coulter is a TPG Founding Partner. Mr. Coulter serves as a member on numerous corporate and charitable boards including Chobani, Creative Artists Agency and the Vincraft Group. He previously served on the boards of The Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., Alltel Corporation, IMS Health Inc., Lenovo Group Limited, and Zhone Technologies, Inc. We believe Mr. Coulter’s qualifications to sit on our Board include his experience in finance and extensive and diverse experience in domestic and international business.
John Danhakl (58). Mr. Danhakl has been a director since 2011. Mr. Danhakl has been a Managing Partner of Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. since 1995. He also serves on the board of directors of Advantage Sales and Marketing, Animal Health, Inc., CCC Information Services, Inc., IMS Health, Inc., Leslie’s Poolmart, Inc., Mister Car Wash, Packers Sanitation Services, Inc., Petco Animal Supplies, Inc., Savers, Inc. and The Tire Rack, Inc. He previously served on the boards of Air Lease Corp., Arden Group, Inc., AsianMedia Group LLC, Big 5 Sporting Goods Corporation, Communications and Power Industries, Inc., Diamond Triumph Auto Glass, Inc., HITS, Inc., Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., MEMC Electronic Materials, Inc., The Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., Phoenix Scientific, Inc., Rite Aid Corporation, Sagittarius Brands, and VCA Antech, Inc. We believe Mr. Danhakl’s qualifications to sit on our Board include his experience as a private equity investor and his experience as a director of numerous privately-held and publicly-held companies.
Millard Drexler (70). Mr. Drexler has been our Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and a director since 2003. Before joining J.Crew, Mr. Drexler was Chief Executive Officer of The Gap, Inc. from 1995 until 2002, and was President of The Gap, Inc. from 1987 to 1995. Mr. Drexler served on the board of directors and compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees of Apple, Inc. until March 10, 2015. We believe Mr. Drexler’s qualifications to sit on our Board include his extensive experience as a CEO in the retail industry, his executive leadership and management experience, and his experience as a board member of a leading consumer products company.
Jonathan Sokoloff (57). Mr. Sokoloff has been a director since 2011. Mr. Sokoloff is a Managing Partner of Leonard Green & Partners, L.P., which he joined in 1990. Mr. Sokoloff  serves on the boards of directors of Advantage Sales & Marketing, Inc., BJ’s Wholesale Club Inc., the Container Store Group, Inc., Jetro Cash & Carry Inc., Jo-Ann Stores Inc., Shake Shack, Inc., The Sports Authority Inc., Tire Rack Inc., Topshop/Top Man Limited, Union Square Hospitality Group, and Whole Foods Market, Inc. and served on the board of directors of Rite Aid Corporation until May 2011. We believe Mr. Sokoloff’s qualifications to sit on our Board include his experience as a private equity investor and his experience as a director of other retail companies.
Stephen Squeri (56). Mr. Squeri was a director of J.Crew Group, Inc. from September 2010 until March 2011 and he rejoined the Company’s board of directors in June 2012. Mr. Squeri has been Group President, Global Corporate Services at American Express Company since November 2011. Prior to that, he was Group President, Global Services since 2009. In addition, from July 2008 to September 2010, he was the head of Corporate Development, overseeing mergers and acquisitions for American Express. Mr. Squeri joined American Express in 1985. Prior to joining American Express, Mr. Squeri was a management consultant at Arthur Andersen and Company from 1982 to 1985.
Carrie Wheeler (43). Ms. Wheeler has been a director since 2011. Ms. Wheeler is a TPG Partner, which she joined in 1996. Prior to TPG, she was with Goldman, Sachs & Co. from 1993 to 1996. Ms. Wheeler also serves on the board of directors of Arden Group, Inc. and Petco Animal Supplies, Inc. She previously served on the board of The Neiman Marcus Group, Inc. We believe
40

 
Ms. Wheeler’s qualifications to sit on our Board include her financial expertise as well as her experience as a director of two other retail companies.
See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions, and Director Independence” below for a discussion of certain arrangements and understandings regarding the nomination and selection of certain of our directors.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The names and ages of our executive officers as of January 31, 2015, along with their positions and qualifications, are set forth below.
 
Name	  	Age	 	  	Position	
Millard Drexler	  	 	70	  	  	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	
Joan Durkin	 	 	47	 	 	SVP, Chief Accounting Officer & Interim Chief Financial Officer(a)	
James Scully	  	 	49	  	  	Chief Operating Officer & Former Interim Chief Financial Officer(b)	
Jenna Lyons	  	 	46	  	  	President, Executive Creative Director	
Lynda Markoe	  	 	48	  	  	Executive Vice President, Human Resources	
Libby Wadle	  	 	42	  	  	President—J.Crew Brand	
(a)Ms. Durkin was appointed Interim Chief Financial Officer on January 22, 2015.	
(b)Mr. Scully served as Interim Chief Financial Officer from January 16, 2015 - January 22, 2015 following the resignation of Stuart Haselden.  Mr. Scully resigned as Chief Operating Officer effective February 24, 2015.	
 
Millard Drexler. Mr. Drexler has been our Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and a director since 2003. Before joining J.Crew, Mr. Drexler was Chief Executive Officer of The Gap, Inc. from 1995 until 2002, and was President of The Gap, Inc. from 1987 to 1995. Mr. Drexler served on the board of directors and compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees of Apple, Inc. until March 10, 2015.
Joan Durkin.  Joan Durkin is our Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and is currently serving as Interim Chief Financial Officer since January 22, 2015. She joined the Company in January 2013 as a Senior Vice President and leads the accounting, financial reporting, accounts payable, payroll, inventory control, sales audit, tax and internal audit functions for the Company. Before joining the Company, Ms. Durkin was Chief Financial Officer of Loehmann’s from 2011 – 2013; and Vice President of Finance of Brown Shoe Company from 2009 to 2011.
James Scully. Mr. Scully was the Company’s Chief Operating Officer from April 2013 until February 24, 2015.  He also served as Interim Chief Financial Officer from January 16, 2015 to January 22, 2015.  Before becoming Chief Operating Officer, he was the Chief Administrative Officer since 2008 and was also Chief Financial Officer from 2005 to 2012. Prior to joining J.Crew, Mr. Scully served as Executive Vice President of Human Resources and Strategic Planning of Saks Incorporated from 2004. Before that Mr. Scully served as Saks Incorporated’s Senior Vice President of Strategic and Financial Planning from 1999 to 2004 and as Senior Vice President, Treasurer from 1997 to 1999. Prior to joining Saks Incorporated, Mr. Scully held the position of Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance at Bank of America (formerly NationsBank) from 1994 to 1997.
Jenna Lyons. Ms. Lyons has been the Company’s President, Executive Creative Director since July 2010, and before that served as Executive Creative Director since April 2010. Prior to that, she was Creative Director since 2007 and, before that, was Senior Vice President of Women’s Design since 2005. Ms. Lyons joined J.Crew in 1990 as an Assistant Designer and has held a variety of positions within the Company, including Designer from 1994 to 1995, Design Director from 1996 to 1998, Senior Design Director in 1999, and Vice President of Women’s Design from 1999 to 2005.
Lynda Markoe. Ms. Markoe has been the Company’s Executive Vice President, Human Resources since 2007 and was previously Vice President and then Senior Vice President, Human Resources since 2003. Before joining J.Crew, Ms. Markoe worked at The Gap, Inc. where she held a variety of positions over 15 years.
Libby Wadle. Ms. Wadle has been the Company’s President – J.Crew Brand since April 2013.  Before that, she was the Executive Vice President—J.Crew from 2011 to 2013, and Executive Vice President—Retail and Factory from 2010 - 2011, and was Executive Vice President—Factory and Madewell from 2007 - 2010. Before that Ms. Wadle served as Vice President and then Senior Vice President of J.Crew Factory since 2004. Prior to joining J.Crew, Ms. Wadle was Division Vice President of Women’s Merchandising at Coach, Inc. from 2003 to 2004 and held various merchandising positions at The Gap, Inc. from 1995 to 2003.
41

 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Election of Members to the Board of Directors
As a private company, members of the Board of Directors are nominated and elected in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as filed with the Delaware Secretary of State, the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws and the stockholders agreement with the Sponsors.
Code of Ethics and Business Practices
The Company has a Code of Ethics and Business Practices that applies to all Company associates, including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, principal accounting officer and controller, as well as members of the Board. The Code of Ethics and Business Practices is available free of charge on the investor relations section of our website at www.jcrew.com or upon written request to the Secretary of the Company, J.Crew Group, Inc., 770 Broadway, New York, New York 10003. Any updates or amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Practices, and any waiver that applies to the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, principal accounting officer or controller will also be posted on the website.
Board Committees
Our Board has established an audit committee and a compensation committee. Ms. Wheeler and Mr. Squeri are currently the members of our audit committee. The audit committee recommends the annual appointment of auditors with whom the audit committee reviews the scope of audit and non-audit assignments and related fees, accounting principles we use in financial reporting, internal auditing procedures and the adequacy of our internal control procedures. Though not formally considered by our Board given that our securities are not traded on any national securities exchange, based upon the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, the national securities exchange upon which our common stock was previously listed, we believe that Mr. Squeri would be considered independent but Ms. Wheeler would not be considered independent because of her employment by one of the Sponsors. The members of our compensation committee are Mr. Coulter, Mr. Sokoloff, Mr. Squeri and Ms. Wheeler. The compensation committee reviews and approves the compensation of our executive officers, authorizes and ratifies stock option and/or restricted stock grants and other incentive arrangements, and authorizes employment agreements with our executive officers.
Each of the Sponsors has the right to have at least one of its directors sit on each committee of the Board of Directors, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulation.
Director Independence
Because of our status as a voluntary filer and because our securities are not traded on any national securities exchange, the Board has not formally reviewed whether Mr. Squeri can be considered independent under the independence standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Messrs. Coulter, Danhakl and Sokoloff and Ms. Wheeler are employees of our Sponsors and therefore would not be considered independent under these standards. In addition, Mr. Drexler, who is an employee of the Company, would also not be considered independent.
Audit Committee Financial Expert
In light of our status as a privately held company and the absence of a public listing or trading market for our common stock, we are not required to have an “audit committee financial expert,” however we have determined that neither Ms. Wheeler nor Mr. Squeri would qualify for this designation.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
In light of our status as a privately held company, Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, does not apply to our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders.
 
ITEM  11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.	
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
In general, this section focuses on, and provides a description of, our executive compensation process and a detailed discussion of each of the key elements of our compensation program for fiscal 2014 as they apply to the individuals named in the Summary Compensation Table (the “Named Executive Officers”). Our compensation committee (the “Committee”) consists of representatives from our Sponsors and Mr. Squeri. The following is a discussion of the current compensation philosophy and programs applicable to our executive officers in fiscal 2014.  
42

 
2014 Compensation Philosophy and Compensation Program Objectives
We place high value on attracting and retaining our executives and associates since their talent and performance are essential to our long-term success. Our compensation philosophy places high value on performance-based and discretionary compensation. Accordingly, our compensation program is designed to be both competitive and fiscally responsible and seeks to:
·	attract the highest caliber of talent required for the success of our business,	

·	retain those associates capable of achieving challenging performance standards,	

·	incent associates to strive for superior Company and individual performance,	

·	align the interests of our executives with the financial and strategic objectives of our Sponsors, and	

·	encourage and reward the achievement of our short and long-term goals and operating plans.	
We seek to achieve the objectives of our executive compensation program by offering a compensation package that utilizes three key elements: (1) base salary, (2) annual cash incentives, and (3) long-term equity incentives. We believe that together these elements support the objectives of our compensation program without encouraging unnecessary or excessive risk taking on the part of the Company’s associates.
·	Base Salaries. We seek to provide competitive base salaries factoring in the responsibilities associated with the executive’s position, the executive’s skills and experience, and the executive’s performance as well as other factors. We believe appropriate base salary levels are critical in helping us attract and retain talented associates.	

·	Annual Cash Incentives. The aim of this element of compensation is to reward individual and group contributions to the Company’s annual operating performance based upon the achievement of pre-established performance standards in the most recent completed fiscal year.	

·	Long-Term Equity Incentives. The long-term element of our compensation program consists of the opportunity for our executive officers to participate directly as equity owners of the Company through the roll-over and purchase of Parent shares and grants of stock options to purchase Parent shares. The equity component is the most significant element of our executive compensation program because we believe that a meaningful equity interest by our executive officers and management team will provide a strong incentive to drive top line growth, increase margins and pursue growth opportunities, which we believe will lead to increased equity value and returns to investors.	
The 2014 Executive Compensation Process
The Compensation Committee
The Committee oversees our executive compensation program. The Committee meets regularly, both with and without management. The Committee’s responsibilities are detailed in its charter, which can be found on the investor relations section of our website at www.jcrew.com. These responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
·	reviewing and approving our compensation philosophy,	

·	determining executive compensation levels,	

·	annually reviewing and assessing performance goals and objectives for all executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), and	

·	determining short-term and long-term incentive compensation for all executive officers, including the CEO.	
The Committee is responsible for making all decisions with respect to the compensation of the executive officers. With respect to the executive officers other than the CEO, the Committee’s compensation decisions involve the review of recommendations made by our CEO and Executive Vice President of Human Resources (“EVP—HR”). The CEO and EVP—HR attend the Committee’s meetings and provide input to the Committee regarding the effectiveness of the compensation program in attracting and retaining key talent. They make recommendations to the Committee regarding executive merit increases, short-term and long-term incentive awards and compensation packages for executives being hired or promoted. The Committee also considers the CEO’s evaluation of the performance of the executive officers, each of whom report to him.
The compensation of the CEO is determined by the Committee independently of management. The Committee makes decisions about the CEO’s compensation during executive session outside the presence of the CEO. Annually, outside directors of the Board evaluate the performance of the CEO and that evaluation is then communicated to the CEO by the Chairman of the Committee.
43

 
The Committee’s process for determining executive compensation is straightforward. In the first quarter of each fiscal year, the Committee’s primary focus is to review base salaries, determine payout amounts for annual cash incentives in respect of the prior fiscal year for the executive officers, and review long-term equity for the senior officers and certain other key associates. At this time, the Committee also reviews and establishes performance metrics for the current fiscal year’s annual cash incentive plan.
The Committee considers both external and internal factors when making decisions about executive compensation. External factors include the competitiveness of each element of our compensation program relative to peer companies and the market demand for executives with specific skills or experience in the specialty apparel industry. Internal factors include an executive’s level of responsibility, level of performance, long-term potential and previous levels of compensation, including outstanding equity awards. While all of these factors provide useful data points in setting compensation levels, we take into account the fact that external data typically reflects pay decisions made during a prior year. We also consider the state of the overall retail industry, the economy and general business conditions.
Outside Compensation Consultant
No independent executive compensation consultants were retained by the Committee during fiscal 2014.
Benchmarking Process
In making compensation decisions for fiscal 2014, the Committee considered the competitive market for executives and compensation levels provided by comparable companies. The comparative group used to benchmark compensation with respect to our executive officers and other key associates is composed of specialty retailers with highly visible brands that we view as competitors for customers and/or executive talent. For fiscal 2014, the peer companies were Abercrombie & Fitch Co., Aéropostale Inc., American Eagle Outfitters, Inc., ANN, Inc., Ascena Retail Group, Inc., Chico’s FAS, Inc., Coach, Inc., The Gap, Inc., Guess, Inc., Kate Spade LLC, Limited Brands, Michael Kors Holdings Ltd., Nordstrom, Inc., Ralph Lauren Corp., Under Armour, Inc. and Urban Outfitters, Inc. In addition, we monitor the marketplace for innovative and creative compensation programs of those companies that we view as leading their industry.  
We also consider compensation survey data from surveys in which we participate or purchase from a variety of publishers which may incorporate data from other industries. Though the Company generally targets salary levels at the median of our peer group, total compensation may exceed or fall below the median for certain of our executive officers and other key associates since one of the objectives of our compensation program is to consistently reward and retain top performers and to differentiate compensation based upon individual and Company performance.  
CEO Compensation
At the time Mr. Drexler joined the Company in 2003, he invested $10 million of his own funds to purchase a substantial equity ownership interest in the Company. He also paid us $1 million as consideration for a grant of stock options and a grant of restricted stock. His annual base salary was set at $200,000 in 2003 and has not increased.
In connection with the Acquisition, Mr. Drexler contributed an aggregate amount of 2,287,545 shares worth approximately $99.5 million in exchange for an ownership interest in Parent following the Acquisition. Following the Acquisition, in accordance with his new employment agreement, Mr. Drexler was awarded 32,109,219 non-qualified stock options, a portion of which vest over time and a portion of which are subject to performance-based vesting conditions.  In 2013, Mr. Drexler acquired an additional 12,040,957 shares in Parent through the exercise of a portion of these stock options.
Mr. Drexler’s substantial investment in the Company and the size of his equity incentive awards are consistent with his role as an owner-manager and are designed to ensure his commitment to the long-term future of the Company. Details regarding Mr. Drexler’s compensation package are contained in tables that follow. In addition, a description of his employment agreement, entered into in connection with the consummation of the Acquisition begins on page 49. We intend to continue to evaluate the components and level of our CEO’s compensation on an ongoing basis.
Components of the Executive Compensation Program
We believe that a substantial portion of executive compensation should be performance-based. We believe it is essential for executives to have a meaningful equity stake linked to the long-term performance of the Company and, therefore, we have created compensation packages that aim to foster an owner-operator culture. As such, other than base salary, compensation of our executive officers is largely comprised of variable or “at-risk” incentive pay linked to the Company’s financial performance and individual contributions. Other factors we consider in evaluating executive compensation include internal pay equity, external market and
44

 
competitive information, assessment of individual performance, level of responsibility, and the overall expense of the program. In addition, we also strive to offer benefits competitive with those of our peer group and appropriate perquisites.
Base Salary
Base salary represents the fixed component of our executive officers’ compensation. The Committee sets base salary levels based upon experience and skills, position, level of responsibility, the ability to replace the individual, and market practices. The Committee reviews base salaries of the executive officers annually and approves all salary increases for the executive officers, including Mr. Drexler. Increases are based on several factors, including the Committee’s assessment of individual performance and contribution, promotions, level of responsibility, scope of position, competitive market data, and general economic, retail and business industry conditions, as well as, with respect to our executive officers other than Mr. Drexler, input from Mr. Drexler and the EVP—HR.
In spring 2014, in conjunction with its annual review process, the Committee reviewed base salaries for the Named Executive Officers. The Committee decided that Mr. Drexler’s base salary was to remain at $200,000 given his role as owner-manager. This salary is well below the salary level normally provided to a Chief Executive Officer of a company of comparable size, complexity, and performance and below the median level of our peer group.  The Committee also determined that Ms. Lyons’, Mr. Scully’s; Ms. Wadle’s and Ms. Durkin’s base salaries would remain at $1,000,000; $750,000; $750,000 and $310,000, respectively.  Mr. Haselden received a 14% salary increase in connection with his promotion to Executive Vice President – Chief Financial Officer.  Ms. Markoe received a 16% salary increase in recognition of her contributions.
Annual Cash Incentives
Our Named Executive Officers typically have the opportunity to earn cash incentives for meeting annual performance goals. Historically, before the end of the first quarter of the relevant fiscal year, the Committee establishes financial and performance targets and opportunities for such year, which are based upon the Company’s goals for Earnings Before Interest Taxes Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA). However, because of the difficult retail industry and macroeconomic environment in fiscal 2014, the Committee took a different approach and considered the financial and performance targets over the course of the year.  The difficult operating environment persisted throughout fiscal 2014 and, as a result, no target incentive pool was established for the year.
The Company remains committed to establishing annual incentive plan goals that are linked to our budget and plan for long-term success. We expect that EBITDA performance targets will continue to be the key measures used to determine whether an incentive award will be paid for the fiscal year and, to the extent achieved, determine the range of the incentive award opportunity for the Named Executive Officers. We calculate EBITDA using the net income recorded for the Company in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), adding back interest, depreciation, amortization and income tax expenses for the applicable fiscal year. We also adjust for items such as non-cash share-based compensation, the impact of purchase accounting resulting from the Acquisition and non-cash impairment losses.
When we make annual incentive awards to our Named Executive Officers, they are paid from the same incentive pool used for all of our eligible associates. To develop the target incentive pool, we add up the target incentive awards assigned to each plan participant. Mr. Drexler’s target award for fiscal 2014 would have been $1,200,000, as defined in his employment agreement, with a range of potential payment from $0 to $3,000,000. Target awards of the Named Executive Officers, other than Mr. Drexler, are expressed as a percentage of salary for the relevant fiscal year. The target award for Ms. Lyons, Mr. Scully and Ms. Wadle for fiscal 2014 would have been 100%, with a range of potential payments from zero to 250% of annual base salary. The target award for Ms. Markoe and Mr. Haselden would have been 75%, with a range of potential payments from zero to 187.5% of annual base salary. The target award for Ms. Durkin would have been 35%, with a range of potential payments from zero to 87.5% of annual base salary.
If the Company does not meet the threshold Adjusted EBITDA target, then no payments are made to the Named Executive Officers with respect to the annual incentive awards plan.
The Committee determines the amount of Mr. Drexler’s annual incentive award independently of management, with no fixed or specific mathematical weighting applied to the performance metrics or any element of his individual performance. The Committee approves his incentive award based upon the Adjusted EBITDA results and achievement of the performance metrics and other business performance factors they deem relevant.
The Committee determines the amount of the annual incentive awards for the other Named Executive Officers using its discretion, subject to the maximum specified in the plan. In making this determination, the Committee takes into account the recommendations of Mr. Drexler. Each of the other Named Executive Officers reports directly to Mr. Drexler, except for Mr. Haselden who reported to Mr. Scully and Ms. Durkin who reported to Mr. Haselden. Mr. Drexler takes significant time to review
45

 
both the quantitative and qualitative performance results of each such executive and recommends to the Committee an incentive award amount for each of them. Provided the threshold Adjusted EBITDA target is achieved, Mr. Drexler then considers whether to recommend payouts for individuals at the level established by Adjusted EBITDA results and within the range established by each Named Executive Officer’s target incentive. Final annual incentive awards are established based on the overall judgment of the Committee, taking into account the recommendations made by Mr. Drexler, with no fixed or specific mathematical weighting applied to any element of individual performance.
The Committee remains committed to a pay for performance compensation program.  As a result of the difficult operating environment in fiscal 2014, no annual incentive plan pool was developed and the Named Executive Officers will not receive annual incentive awards under the plan.  The Committee considers from time to time whether to award discretionary bonuses for retention purposes or in recognition of significant achievements in the difficult operating environment.  If the Committee determines that such awards are appropriate during the course of the current fiscal year, the Company will file a current report on Form 8-K at such time. In April 2014, the Committee awarded James Scully a discretionary bonus of $1,000,000 in recognition of Mr. Scully’s substantial efforts over multiple years to build the infrastructure and develop the strategy for the Company’s international expansion efforts in both Europe and Asia.  In April 2014, the Committee awarded Stuart Haselden a discretionary bonus of $150,000 and Joan Durkin a discretionary bonus of $50,000 in connection with their work on financial and strategic matters. In June 2014 the Committee awarded Ms. Markoe a long term incentive bonus of $125,000 payable in June 2014 and $125,000 payable in June 2015 as special recognition of her current and future contributions.
Long-Term Equity Incentives
Our Named Executive Officers’ compensation is heavily weighted in long-term equity as we believe stockholder value is achieved through an ownership culture that encourages a focus on long-term performance by our Named Executive Officers and other key associates. By providing our executives with an equity stake in the Company, we are better able to align the interests of our Named Executive Officers and our Sponsors. In establishing long-term equity incentive grants for our Named Executive Officers, the Committee reviews certain factors, including the outstanding equity investment and grants held both by the individual and by our executives as a group, total compensation, performance, vesting dates of outstanding grants, tax and accounting costs, potential dilution and other factors.
In 2011, our Named Executive Officers and certain key members of management were provided the opportunity to roll over on a tax deferred basis, shares of J.Crew Group, Inc. stock and stock options they held into shares or stock options, as applicable, of the Parent in connection with the consummation of the Acquisition. They were also provided the opportunity to purchase shares of the Parent. As a result, Mr. Drexler contributed an aggregate amount of 2,287,545 shares worth approximately $99.5 million in exchange for an ownership interest in Parent following the Acquisition. Mr. Scully contributed 19,157 shares and 102,491 stock options in exchange for an ownership interest of approximately $2.5 million. Ms. Lyons contributed 30,651 shares and 218,401 stock options in exchange for an ownership interest of approximately $4 million. Ms. Wadle contributed 100,590 stock options, 6,804 shares and $370,692 cash in exchange for an ownership interest of approximately $2 million. Mr. Haselden contributed 12,221 stock options, 500 shares and $50,913 cash in exchange for an ownership interest of approximately $218,000.  Ms. Markoe contributed 7,663 shares and 45,129 stock options in exchange for an ownership interest of approximately $1 million.  Ms. Durkin was not employed by the Company at the time of the Acquisition.
Also in 2011, the Committee approved stock option awards to the Named Executive Officers under a new equity incentive plan, consistent with their view of long-term equity incentives as an important part of an ownership culture that encourages a focus on long-term performance by our Named Executive Officers and other key associates. The number of options awarded to each individual was “front-loaded” and intended to represent a long-term equity opportunity. The options will vest upon meeting certain time- and performance-based conditions. The Committee does not expect to make equity awards on an annual basis. In April 2013, the Committee awarded additional stock options to Ms. Lyons, Mr. Scully, Ms. Wadle and Ms. Markoe  in recognition of their ongoing and significant contributions to the success of the Company and, with respect to Mr. Scully and Ms. Wadle, in connection with their increased responsibilities as Chief Operating Officer and President – J.Crew Brand, respectively. The grant date fair value of the options awarded to these executive officers is shown in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table shown on page 51. Ms. Durkin received an award of 250,000 stock options in March 2013 in connection with the beginning of her employment with the Company.  In connection with his promotion to Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Haselden received an award of 250,000 stock options in October 2014.
Equity Ownership. We believe that Company executives should have a meaningful ownership stake in the Company to underscore the importance of linking executive and investor interests, and to encourage an owner-manager and long-term perspective in managing the business. This ownership stake has been achieved through the roll-over of shares and stock options, the opportunity for cash investment and the award of stock options.
46

 
Benefits and Perquisites. Benefits are provided to our Named Executive Officers in the same manner that they are provided to all other associates. Our Named Executive Officers are eligible to participate in the Company’s 401(k) plan (which includes a Company match component) and receive the same health, life, and disability benefits available to our associates generally.
We offer all of our associates (including the Named Executive Officers) and directors a discount on most merchandise in our stores, and through our e-commerce business. We offer this discount because it is beneficial to our Company to encourage associates and directors to shop in our stores and online. Additionally, this discount represents common practice in the retail industry. This discount is extended to IRS qualified dependents, spouses and same-sex domestic partners. Some states require that the value of any discount extended to a same sex domestic partner be taxed for state and local tax purposes as wages to the associate and further require the Company to include the value of the discount as income to the associate.
We do not offer a defined benefit pension, supplemental executive retirement plan (SERP) or a non-qualified deferred compensation plan to our associates or Named Executive Officers.
In addition, from time to time the Company agrees to provide certain executives with perquisites. The Company provides these perquisites on a limited basis in order to attract key talent and to enhance business efficiency. We believe these perquisites are in line with market practice. For fiscal 2014, we provided certain Named Executive Officers with the following perquisites:
Driver. We provide Mr. Drexler with a driver for all business needs. Mr. Drexler reimburses the Company for his personal use of the driver, including commuting to and from work.
Medical Concierge Service. We provide Mr. Drexler with 24/7, on-call worldwide medical care for himself and his immediate family members, up to a maximum of $50,000 per year.
The cost incurred by the Company for certain of these perquisites is detailed in the Summary Compensation Table on page 48.
Tax Gross-ups. Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Drexler’s employment agreement, Mr. Drexler is entitled to receive a gross up in the event that any payment or benefit provided to him in connection with a change in control (as defined in Section 280G of the Code) occurring after our equity securities once again are publicly traded is subject to the excise taxes imposed by Section 4999 of the Code. If a change in control occurs while the Company is private, the Company and Mr. Drexler will use their reasonable best efforts to seek shareholder approval of any parachute payments. These provisions were negotiated as a part of Mr. Drexler’s employment agreement in connection with the Acquisition. While other executive officers may also have excess parachute payments that are subject to the excise taxes, no such other executive officer is entitled to a tax gross up from the Company.  
Employment Agreements
From time to time, the Company enters into employment agreements in order to attract and retain key executives. Messrs. Drexler, Haselden and Scully and Mss. Lyons and Wadle are parties to an employment agreement with the Company. Ms. Durkin is party to a Non-Disclosure, Non-Solicitation, Non-Competition and Dispute Resolution Agreement. As described beginning on page 49, the employment agreements generally define the executive’s position, specify a minimum base salary, and provide for participation in our annual and long-term incentive plans, as well as other benefits. Most of the agreements contain covenants that limit the executives’ ability to compete with us or solicit our associates or customers for a specified period following termination. The agreements also provide for various benefits under certain termination scenarios, as detailed beginning on page 53. In general, these benefits consist of salary continuation for periods ranging from twelve (12) to eighteen (18) months, a pro-rata cash incentive award for the year in which termination occurred, and in some cases, the acceleration or continued vesting (in accordance with the original vesting schedule) of a portion of unvested equity. The agreements provide for automatic renewal upon the same terms and conditions, unless either party gives written notice of its intent not to renew. The provisions vary by executive because each agreement is negotiated by the Company and the Named Executive Officer on an individual basis at the time of hire or renewal, as applicable. We believe that these agreements enhance our ability to recruit and retain the Named Executive Officers, offer them a degree of security in the very dynamic environment of the retail industry, and protect us competitively through non-competition and non-solicitation requirements if the executives terminate their employment with us.
The section below contains information, both narrative and tabular, regarding the types of compensation paid to (i) our principal executive officer, (ii) our principal financial officer and former principal financial officers, and (iii) our other three most highly compensated executive officers as of the end of fiscal 2014 (collectively, the “Named Executive Officers”). The Summary Compensation Table contains an overview of the amounts paid to our Named Executive Officers for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012. The tables following the Summary Compensation Table—the Grants of Plan-Based Awards, Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End, and Option Exercises and Stock Vested—contain details of our Named Executive Officers’ recent non-equity incentive and equity grants, past equity awards, general equity holdings, and option exercises. Finally, we have included a table showing potential
47

 
severance payments to our Named Executive Officers pursuant to their individual employment agreements and certain of our equity incentive plans, assuming, for these purposes that the relevant triggering event occurred on January 30, 2015.  
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth the compensation paid to or earned during fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 by our Named Executive Officers:
 
Name and Principal Position	  	Fiscal
Year	 	  	Salary(1)
($)	 	  	Bonus(2)
($)	 	 	Stock
Awards(3)
($)	 	  	Option
Awards(3)
($)	 	  	All Other
Comp-
ensation(4)
($)	 	  	Total
($)	 	
Millard Drexler,	 	 	2014	  	  	$	200,000	 	 	$	0	 	 	$	0	 	  	$	0	 	  	$	38,323	  	  	$	238,323	  	
Chairman and Chief	 	 	2013	  	  	$	200,000	 	 	$	0	 	 	$	0	 	  	$	0	 	  	$	35,000	  	  	$	235,000	  	
Executive Officer	 	 	2012	  	  	$	200,000	 	 	$	2,400,000	  	 	$	0	 	  	$	1,986,758	 	  	$	45,487	  	  	$	4,632,245	  	
 
Joan Durkin,	 	 	2014	  	  	$	310,000	 	 	$	50,000	 	 	$	0	 	  	$	0	 	  	$	8,585	  	  	$	368,585	  	
SVP, Chief Accounting	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Officer & Interim CFO	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 
Jenna Lyons,	 	 	2014	  	  	$	1,000,000	 	 	$	0	 	 	$	0	 	  	$	0	 	  	$	10,400	  	  	$	1,010,400	  	
President-Executive	 	 	2013	  	  	$	1,000,000	 	 	$	0	 	 	$	0	 	  	$	367,500	 	  	$	1,909,052	  	  	$	3,276,552	  	
Creative Director	 	 	2012	  	  	$	1,019,231	 	 	$	3,000,000	  	 	$	0	 	  	$	334,851	 	  	$	784,850	  	  	$	5,138,932	  	
 
Libby Wadle,	 	 	2014	  	  	$	750,000	 	 	$	0	 	 	$	0	 	  	$	0	 	  	$	10,400	  	  	$	760,400	  	
President – J.Crew	 	 	2013	  	  	$	742,308	 	 	$	0	 	 	$	0	 	  	$	245,000	 	  	$	959,626	  	  	$	1,946,934	  	
Brand	 	 	2012	  	  	$	713,462	 	 	$	1,050,000	 	 	$	0	 	  	$	112,840	 	  	$	397,425	  	  	$	2,273,727	  	
 
Lynda Markoe,	 	 	2014	  	  	$	538,462	 	 	$	125,000	 	 	$	0	 	  	$	0	  	  	$	10,400	  	  	$	673,862	  	
Executive Vice President -	 	 	2013	  	  	$	467,308	 	 	$	0	 	 	$	0	 	  	$	122,500	  	  	$	484,913	  	  	$	1,074,721	  	
Human Resources	 	 	2012	  	  	$	433,173	 	 	$	425,000	 	 	$	0	 	  	$	0	  	  	$	203,712	  	  	$	1,061,885	  	
 
James Scully,	 	 	2014	  	  	$	750,000	 	 	$	1,000,000	 	 	$	0	 	  	$	0	 	  	$	10,400	  	  	$	1,760,400	  	
Former COO	 	 	2013	  	  	$	742,308	 	 	$	0	 	 	$	0	 	  	$	245,000	 	  	$	1,196,983	  	  	$	2,184,291	  	
& Interim CFO	 	 	2012	  	  	$	713,462	 	 	$	1,050,000	 	 	$	0	 	  	$	131,651	 	  	$	494,281	  	  	$	2,389,394	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 Stuart Haselden,	 	 	2014	  	  	$	447,500	 	 	$	150,000	 	 	$	0	 	  	$	82,500	 	  	$	10,400	  	  	$	690,400	 	
Former EVP, Chief	 	 	2013	  	  	$	412,692	 	 	$	0	 	 	$	0	 	  	$	0	 	  	$	113,687	  	  	$	526,379	 	
Financial Officer	 	 	 2012	 	  	$	 390,154	 	 	$	 268,000	 	 	$	0	 	  	$	103,350 	 	  	$	 52,229	 	  	$	 813,733	 	
 
(1)	With respect to fiscal 2012, represents the total amount earned by each Named Executive Officer during the fifty-three week fiscal year. Fiscal years 2014 and 2013 consisted of fifty-two weeks.	

(2)	Represents the annual cash incentive awards under our Company annual cash incentive plan and discretionary bonus awards earned by each Named Executive Officer. For fiscal 2014, the Company did not achieve the threshold EBITDA goal under the annual cash incentive plan. See page 45 for a description of our annual cash incentive plan. In fiscal 2014, Mr. Haselden received a discretionary bonus of $150,000 in connection with his promotion to Executive Vice President and Mr. Scully received a discretionary bonus of $1,000,000.  In addition, for Ms. Markoe, represents a $125,000 payment in fiscal year 2014 with respect to a long term incentive award made in June 2014.  For fiscal 2013, the Company did not achieve the threshold EBITDA goal under the annual cash incentive plan.  For fiscal year 2012, Ms. Lyons earned a $1,500,000 special bonus as described on page 50 in addition to the annual cash incentive award for that year.	

(3)	For each of the Named Executive Officers, represents the grant date fair value calculated under Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 718 —Compensation—Stock Compensation  as share-based compensation in our financial statements for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 of stock option grants made in those fiscal years. For awards subject to performance conditions, the amount reflects the full grant date fair value of the awards based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions. For stock option grants that were rolled over in connection with the Acquisition, there was no incremental increase in the fair value of such shares as the number of options and exercise price were adjusted to maintain the intrinsic value on the date of the modification. For stock option grants with an exercise price modified in connection with the special dividend paid in	
48

 
 	December 2012, an incremental increase in the fair value of these options is reflected in fiscal year 2012. See note 4, “Share-Based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements for a description of assumptions underlying valuation of equity awards.	

(4)	All other compensation for fiscal year 2014 consisted of the following:	
 
 	  	Matching
Contributions (i)	 	  	Medical
Concierge (ii)	 	  	Total	 	
Millard Drexler	  	$	—	 	  	$	38,323	 	  	$	38,323	  	
Joan Durkin	  	$	8,585	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	8,585	  	
Jenna Lyons	  	$	10,400	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	10,400	  	
Libby Wadle	  	$	10,400	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	10,400	  	
Lynda Markoe	  	$	10,400	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	10,400	  	
James Scully	  	$	10,400	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	10,400	 	
Stuart Haselden	 	$	10,400	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	10,400	 	
 
(i)	Represents total Company contributions to each Named Executive Officer’s account in the Company’s tax-qualified 401(k) Plan.	

(ii)	Represents Company payment for medical concierge services, as provided by Mr. Drexler’s employment agreement.  	
Named Executive Officer Employment Agreements
Millard Drexler
Mr. Drexler entered into an employment agreement with us, effective March 7, 2011, pursuant to which Mr. Drexler will continue to serve as our Chief Executive Officer and as the Chairman of our Board. The agreement provides for an initial term of employment through March 7, 2015, subject to automatic renewal for successive one-year periods thereafter unless either Mr. Drexler or the Company provides a notice of non-renewal at least 90 days before the expiration of the then current term. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Drexler receives a base salary of $200,000 and has an opportunity to earn an annual bonus award, with a target opportunity of $1,200,000, based on the achievement of certain performance metrics determined by the Board or a committee thereof. Mr. Drexler is eligible to participate in the Company’s employee benefit plans and the Company will pay or reimburse Mr. Drexler for an amount of up to $50,000 per year for the cost of maintaining the benefits provided under one or more concierge medical services arrangements to be selected by Mr. Drexler. In the event that Mr. Drexler’s employment is terminated prior to the end of the initial four-year term or any subsequent one-year extension of the term without cause or by Mr. Drexler for good reason (each as defined in the agreement), Mr. Drexler will receive, among other things (i) a payment equal to any accrued but unpaid base salary as of the date of termination, the value of any accrued vacation pay, and the amount of any expenses properly incurred by Mr. Drexler prior to the termination date and not yet reimbursed, (ii) a payment equal to one year’s base salary plus Mr. Drexler’s target bonus, (iii) a payment equal to the pro-rated annual bonus that Mr. Drexler would have earned for the year in which his termination occurs, based on the actual achievement of applicable performance objectives in the performance year in which the termination date occurs; and (iv) the immediate vesting of all equity awards previously granted to Mr. Drexler that remain outstanding as of the termination date. The agreement also provides that Mr. Drexler is entitled to a full gross up for excise taxes incurred under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code in connection with any change in control occurring after our equity securities once again become publicly traded.
As described above, pursuant to the terms of the agreement Mr. Drexler received an option grant under Parent’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2011 Equity Incentive Plan”) in fiscal year 2011. These options will vest upon meeting certain time- and performance-based vesting conditions and will vest in full upon, as described above, a termination of his employment without cause or by him for good reason. Mr. Drexler’s time-vesting options will vest in full upon the occurrence of a change in control. The agreement also provides that Mr. Drexler will be subject to non-solicitation and non-competition covenants during his employment and for a period of two years and one year, respectively, following the termination of his employment, regardless of the reason for such termination.
Joan Durkin
Ms. Durkin entered into a Non-Disclosure, Non-Solicitation, Non-Competition and Dispute Resolution Agreement with us for three years beginning on January 22, 2013, subject to automatic renewal for successive one-year periods thereafter unless either Ms. Durkin or the Company provides a notice of non-renewal at least 30 days before the expiration of the then current term.  The agreement subjects Ms. Durkin to non-solicitation and non-competition covenants during her employment and for a period of twelve and six months, respectively, following termination of employment for any reason.  In the event her employment is terminated without cause, Ms. Durkin is entitled under the agreement to certain post-employment compensation, as detailed beginning on page 55.  The agreement has not been amended or replaced in connection with Ms. Durkin’s role as Interim Chief Financial Officer.
49

 
Jenna Lyons
Ms. Lyons entered into a second amended and restated employment agreement with us in July 2010 pursuant to which she has agreed to serve as Creative Director for five years beginning in December 2007, subject to automatic one-year renewals unless we or Ms. Lyons provide four months’ written notice prior to the expiration of the current term. The agreement provides for a minimum annual base salary of $675,000, which will be reviewed from time to time by us, and an annual cash incentive award with a target of 50% and a maximum of 100%, in each case, of base salary. In addition, the agreement provided for payment by the Company of a cash contract supplement of $2,000,000 which was paid to Ms. Lyons in January 2008. The agreement also subjects Ms. Lyons to non-competition and non-solicitation covenants during her employment and for a period of twelve (12) months following termination of employment for any reason (except that the non-competition covenant will not apply in the event Ms. Lyons’ employment is terminated by the Company without cause, by Ms. Lyons for good reason or because the Company provides Ms. Lyons with written notice of our intention not to renew the employment agreement). In the event her employment is terminated without cause or for good reason, Ms. Lyons is entitled under the agreement to certain post-employment compensation, as detailed beginning on page 55.
Ms. Lyons also entered into a special bonus agreement with us in April 2013, pursuant to which she received a cash bonus of $1,500,000, payable upon execution of the agreement, in recognition of her prior and continued service as President and Executive Creative Director of the Company.  Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, in the event Ms. Lyons’ employment with the Company is terminated for any reason other than by the Company without cause or by Ms. Lyons for good reason (as each such term is defined in the employment agreement described above), Ms. Lyons is required to reimburse immediately the Company for the full amount of the special bonus if such termination occurs prior to the third anniversary of the agreement.
Libby Wadle
Ms. Wadle entered into an employment agreement with us pursuant to which she has agreed to serve as Executive Vice President—J.Crew for three years beginning in November 2011, subject to automatic one-year renewals unless we provide two months’ written notice or Ms. Wadle provides four months’ written notice, in each case, prior to the expiration of the current term. The agreement provides for a minimum annual base salary of $700,000, which will be reviewed annually by us, and an annual cash incentive award with a target of 75% and a maximum of 187.5%, in each case, of base salary. The agreement also subjects Ms. Wadle to non-competition and non-solicitation covenants during her employment and for a period of twelve (12) months following termination of employment for any reason (except that the non-competition covenant will not apply in the event Ms. Wadle’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause or by Ms. Wadle for good reason). In the event her employment is terminated without cause, for good reason, or as a result of the Company’s non-renewal of the agreement, Ms. Wadle is entitled under the agreement to certain post-employment compensation, as detailed beginning on page 56.
Lynda Markoe
 
Ms. Markoe entered into a long-term incentive agreement with us in June 2014, pursuant to which she received a long-term cash incentive award provided she remains employed with us through the payment dates of each award. The agreement provides for a First Cash Incentive award of $125,000 which was paid on June 10, 2014 and a Second Cash Incentive award payable on or about June 1, 2015.  If Ms. Markoe is terminated for cause or resigns from employment for any reason on or before May 31, 2015, she is obligated to repay us the full gross amount of the First Cash Incentive.  If Ms. Markoe is terminated for cause or resigns from employment for any reason on or before May 31, 2016, she is obligated to repay us the full gross amount of the Second Cash Incentive.  For purposes of the agreement, “cause” means, without limitation, unsatisfactory job performance, failure to comply with the Company’s policies and handbook, including but not limited to the Code of Ethics and Business Practices; indictment, conviction or admission of any crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; participation in any act of misconduct, insubordination or fraud against the Company; use of alcohol or drugs which interferes with her performance of her duties or compromises our integrity or reputation; and excessive absences from work other than as a result of disability.
James Scully
Mr. Scully had entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with us, effective April 6, 2008, pursuant to which he agreed to serve as our Chief Administrative Officer for three years beginning in April 2008, subject to automatic one-year renewals unless we or Mr. Scully provided four months’ written notice prior to the expiration of the then current term. The agreement provided for a minimum base salary of $600,000, to be reviewed annually by us. Mr. Scully was eligible to receive an annual cash incentive award with a target of 75% and a maximum of 150%, in each case, of base salary based upon the achievement of certain Company and individual performance objectives to be determined each year. The agreement subjected Mr. Scully to non-competition and non-solicitation covenants during his employment and for a period of twelve (12) and eighteen (18) months, respectively, following termination of employment for any reason (except that the non-competition covenant would not apply in the event Mr. Scully’s employment was terminated by the Company without cause, by Mr. Scully for good reason or because the Company provided Mr. Scully written notice of our intention not to renew the agreement). In the event his employment had been terminated without
50

 
cause or for good reason, Mr. Scully would have been entitled under the agreement to certain post-employment compensation, as detailed beginning on page 57.
Stuart Haselden
Mr. Haselden had entered into an employment agreement with us pursuant to which he agreed to serve as Chief Financial Officer for three years beginning in May 2012, subject to automatic one-year renewals unless we provided two months’ written notice or Mr. Haselden provided four months’ written notice, in each case prior to the expiration of the current term. The agreement provided for a minimum annual base salary of $400,000, to be reviewed annually by us, and an annual cash incentive award with a target of 35% of base salary, up to a maximum bonus based on the terms of the Company’s bonus plan as in effect from time to time. The agreement also subjected Mr. Haselden to non-competition covenants during his employment and for a period of twelve (12) months and non-solicitation covenants during his employment and for a period of eighteen (18) months, each following termination of employment for any reason. In the event his employment had been terminated without “cause,” for “good reason,” or as a result of the Company’s non-renewal of the agreement, Mr. Haselden would have been entitled under the agreement to certain post-employment compensation, as detailed beginning on page 58.
Grants of Plan-Based Awards—Fiscal 2014
The following table sets forth the non-equity and equity incentive awards and other equity awards granted to our Named Executive Officers for fiscal 2014. For fiscal 2014, the Company did not establish a target incentive pool for the year and therefore no payouts were made under the annual cash incentive plan.
 
 	 	 	 	Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards(2)	 	 	Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive Plan
Awards	 	 	All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options(3)
(#)	 	 	Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards(4)
($/sh)	 	 	Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards(5)
($)	 	 	
Name	 	 	Grant
Date
    (1)	 	 	Threshold
($)	 	 	Target
($)	 	 	Maximum
($)	 	 	Threshold
(#)	 	 	Target
(#)	 	 	Maximum
(#)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Millard Drexler	 	 	—  	 	 	$	400,000	 	 	$	1,200,000	 	 	$	3,000,000	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	
Joan Durkin	 	 	—  	 	 	$	36,167	 	 	$	108,500	 	 	$	271,250	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	
Jenna Lyons	 	 	—  	 	 	$	333,333	 	 	$	1,000,000	 	 	$	2,500,000	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	
Libby Wadle	 	 	—  	 	 	$	250,000	 	 	$	750,000	 	 	$	1,875,000	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	
Lynda Markoe	 	 	—  	 	 	$	137,500	 	 	$	412,500	 	 	$	1,031,250	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	
Jim Scully	 	 	—  	 	 	$	250,000	 	 	$	750,000	 	 	$	1,875,000	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	
Stuart Haselden	 	 	—  	 	 	$	118,750	 	 	$	356,250	 	 	$	890,625	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	
 	 	 	10/6/14	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	250,000	 	 	$	0.50	 	 	$	82,500	 	 	
 
(1)	The Committee approved the October 6, 2014 option award to Mr. Haselden by a unanimous written consent approved by all Committee members on October 6, 2014.	

(2)	Represents possible payouts under the Company’s annual cash incentive plan for fiscal 2014. Amounts listed in the maximum column related to achievement of “Super Max” Adjusted EBITDA goal, as discussed beginning on page 45. Achievement of “Max” Adjusted EBITDA goals would have resulted in payouts for Mr. Drexler, Ms. Durkin, Ms. Lyons, Ms. Wadle, Ms. Markoe, Mr. Scully and Mr. Haselden of $2,400,000; $217,000; $2,000,000; $1,500,000; $825,000; $1,500,000 and $712,500, respectively.  	

(3)	Under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, Mr. Haselden was awarded non-qualified stock options on October 6, 2014 which would have vested 20% annually beginning on October 6, 2015. The stock options were forfeited when Mr. Haselden’s employment with the Company ended on January 16, 2015.	

(4)	In accordance with the provisions of the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, each stock option was granted with an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of a share of Class A common stock on the date of grant.	

(5)	These amounts represent the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with ASC 718— Compensation—Stock Compensation . The amount was calculated excluding forfeiture assumptions. The assumptions used in calculating these amounts are described in note 4, “Share-Based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements.	

51

 
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL 2014 YEAR-END
The following table sets forth information regarding the outstanding awards under our long-term equity incentive plans held by our Named Executive Officers at the end of fiscal 2014.
 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Option Awards(1)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Grant Year of  
Options	 	 	 	Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable	 	 	 	Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable(2)	 	 	 	Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
(#)(2)	 	 	 	Option
Exercise
Price
($)	 	 	 	Option
Expiration Date	  	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Millard Drexler	 	2011 	 	 	 	6,020,478	 	 	 	6,020,479	 	 	 	8,027,305	 	 	 	0.25	 	 	 	4/14/21	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Joan Durkin	 	2013	 	 	 	25,000  	 	 	 	100,000	 	 	 	125,000	 	 	 	0.57	 	 	 	3/12/23	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Jenna Lyons	 	2013	 	 	 	150,000  	 	 	 	600,000	 	 	 	750,000	 	 	 	0.57	 	 	 	4/11/23	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	 	1,777,777	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	0.25	 	 	 	9/15/17	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	 	1,376,100	 	 	 	2,752,200	 	 	 	2,293,500	 	 	 	0.25	 	 	 	4/14/21	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Total	 	 	 	3,303,877	 	 	 	3,352,200	 	 	 	3,043,500	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Libby Wadle	 	2013	 	 	 	100,000 	 	 	 	400,000	 	 	 	500,000	 	 	 	0.57	 	 	 	4/11/23	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	 	825,660	 	 	 	550,440	 	 	 	1,376,100	 	 	 	0.25	 	 	 	4/14/21	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Total	 	 	 	925,660	 	 	 	950,440	 	 	 	1,876,100	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Lynda Markoe	 	2013	 	 	 	50,000  	 	 	 	200,000	 	 	 	250,000	 	 	 	0.57	 	 	 	4/11/23	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	 	481,650  	 	 	 	321,100	 	 	 	802,750	 	 	 	0.25	 	 	 	4/14/21	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Total 	 	 	 	531,650  	 	 	 	521,100	 	 	 	1,052,750	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
James Scully	 	2013	 	 	 	100,000 	 	 	 	400,000	 	 	 	500,000	 	 	 	0.57	 	 	 	4/11/23	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	 	963,300	 	 	 	642,200	 	 	 	1,605,500	 	 	 	0.25	 	 	 	4/14/21	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Total 	 	 	 	1,063,300	 	 	 	1,042,200	 	 	 	2,105,500	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stuart Haselden	 	2012	 	 	 	60,000 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.25	 	 	 	5/15/22	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	 	113,066	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.25	 	 	 	9/15/17	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	 	80,711	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.25	 	 	 	4/15/16	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	 	135,000	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.25	 	 	 	4/14/21	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Total	 	 	 	388,777	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 
(1)	Represents (i) stock options awarded prior to the Acquisition, which were rolled over into vested options of Parent, effective March 7, 2011, with an exercise price of $0.25, (ii) stock options that were granted to our Named Executive Officers (other than Ms. Durkin) on April 14, 2011 following the Acquisition, (iii) stock options that were granted to Mr. Haselden on May 15, 2012 in connection with his promotion to Chief Financial Officer, (iv) stock options that were granted to Ms. Durkin on March 12, 2013 in connection with her joining the Company and (v) stock options that were granted to Ms. Lyons, Mr. Scully, Ms. Wadle and Ms. Markoe on April 11, 2013.	
52

 
The options granted on April 14, 2011 have an exercise price of $0.25 per share and vest as follows:
 
 	 	Tranche 1 Vesting Schedule	 	Tranche 2 Vesting Schedule	  	Tranche 3 Vesting Schedule	
Drexler	 	24,081,914 options vesting 25% annually beginning on 4/14/12	 	8,027,305 options with performance-based vesting	  	—	
Lyons	 	2,293,500 options vesting 20% annually beginning on 4/14/12	 	2,293,500 options with performance-based vesting	  	1,834,800 options vesting 50% on 4/14/15 and 50% on 4/14/18	
Wadle	 	1,376,100 options vesting 20% annually beginning on 4/14/12	 	1,376,100 options with performance-based vesting	  	—	
Markoe	 	802,750 options vesting 20% annually beginning on 4/14/12	 	802,750 options with performance-based vesting	 	—	
Scully	 	1,605,500 options vesting 20% annually beginning on 4/14/12	 	1,605,500 options with performance-based vesting	  	—	
Haselden	 	225,000 options vesting 20% annually beginning on 4/14/12	 	225,000 options with
performance-based vesting	  	—	
The options granted on March 12, 2013 have an exercise price of $0.57 per share and vest as follows:
 
 	 	Tranche 1 Vesting Schedule	 	Tranche 2 Vesting Schedule	 	 	
Durkin	 	125,000 options vesting 20% annually beginning on 3/12/14	 	125,000 options with performance-based vesting	 	 	
The options granted on April 11, 2013 have an exercise price of $0.57 per share and vest as follows:
 
 	 	Tranche 1 Vesting Schedule
 	 	Tranche 2 Vesting Schedule
 	 	 	
Lyons	 	750,000 options vesting 20% annually beginning on 4/11/14	 	750,000 options with performance-based vesting	 	 	
Scully	 	500,000 options vesting 20% annually beginning on 4/11/14	 	500,000 options with performance-based vesting	 	 	
Wadle	 	500,000 options vesting 20% annually beginning on 4/11/14	 	500,000 options with performance-based vesting	 	 	
Markoe	 	250,000 options vesting 20% annually beginning on 4/11/14	 	250,000 options with performance-based vesting	 	 	
Option Exercises and Stock Vested—Fiscal 2014
There were no option exercises or vesting of stock for the Named Executive Officers during fiscal 2014.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control
As described above under Employment Agreements, we have employment agreements with Mr. Drexler, and Mss. Lyons and Wadle and a Non-Disclosure, Non-Solicitation, Non-Competition and Dispute Resolution Agreement with Ms. Durkin under which we are required to pay severance benefits in connection with certain terminations of employment and had employment agreements with Mr. Haselden and Mr. Scully under which we would have been required to pay severance benefits in connection with certain terminations of employment. Mr. Drexler’s stock option award agreement also provides for accelerated vesting of all his options in connection with a termination of his employment at any time by us without cause (as defined in the award agreement) or by Mr. Drexler for good reason (as defined in the award agreement) and accelerated vesting of a portion of his options in connection with a termination of his employment by us by reason of his death or disability (as defined in the award agreement). In addition, the stock option award agreements held by our other Named Executive Officers provide for the accelerated vesting of their time-based options in connection with a termination of employment by us without cause (as defined in the award agreement) or by the executive for good reason (as defined in the award agreement) within two (2) years following a change in control. Mr. Drexler’s stock option award agreement also provides for accelerated vesting of his time-based options in connection with a change in control. The following is a description of the severance, termination and change in control benefits payable to each of our Named Executive Officers pursuant to their respective agreements and our equity incentive plans as in effect during fiscal 2014. This disclosure assumes the applicable triggering date occurred on January 30, 2015, the last business day of our 2014 fiscal year.
53

 
For these purposes, “change in control” is generally defined as (a) any change in the ownership of the capital stock of Parent if, immediately after giving effect thereto, any person (or group of persons acting in concert) other than TPG and LGP and their affiliates will have the direct or indirect power to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors of Parent; (b) any change in the ownership of the capital stock of Parent if, immediately after giving effect thereto, TPG and LGP and their affiliates own less than 25% (33% in the case of Mr. Drexler) of the outstanding shares of Parent (taking into account options, warrants or convertible securities which may be exercised, converted or exchanged into shares), or (c) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent and its subsidiaries.
Millard Drexler
Pursuant to the employment agreement between us and Mr. Drexler, executed on March 7, 2011 (the “Drexler Agreement”), the payments and/or benefits we agreed to pay or provide to Mr. Drexler upon a termination of his employment vary depending on the reason for such termination.
We may terminate Mr. Drexler’s employment with us upon his disability, which is generally defined in the Drexler Agreement as Mr. Drexler’s inability to perform his duties for a period of six (6) consecutive months or for 180 days within any 365 day period as a result of his incapacity due to physical or mental illness. In addition, we may terminate Mr. Drexler’s employment for cause or at any time without cause. For these purposes, “cause” is generally defined under the Drexler Agreement as Mr. Drexler’s (a) willful and continued failure to substantially perform his duties, after written demand for substantial performance by our Board; (b) willful engagement in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to us; or (c) breach of the non-solicitation, non-competition and confidential information obligations described below.
Mr. Drexler may terminate his employment with us with good reason or at any time, upon at least three (3) months’ advance written notice, without good reason. For these purposes, “good reason” is generally defined under the Drexler Agreement as (a) the diminution of, or appointment of anyone other than Mr. Drexler to serve in or handle, his positions, authority, duties, and responsibilities without his consent; (b) any purported termination of his employment by us for a reason or in a manner not expressly permitted by the Drexler Agreement; (c) relocation of more than fifty (50) miles of Mr. Drexler’s principal work location; (d) material breach of the Drexler Agreement by us; or (e) removal of Mr. Drexler from the Board.
In addition, Mr. Drexler’s employment will terminate upon his death or in the event either party provides notice to the other party not to renew the Drexler Agreement at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of its term.
If Mr. Drexler’s employment with us is terminated (i) as a result of his death, disability or either party’s failure to renew the term, (ii) by us for cause, or (iii) by Mr. Drexler without good reason, then Mr. Drexler will only be entitled to any accrued but unpaid salary, accrued but unused vacation, and any un-reimbursed expenses, in each case through the date of his termination.
If we terminate Mr. Drexler’s employment without cause or he terminates his employment with good reason, Mr. Drexler will be entitled to receive (i) a payment of his earned but unpaid annual base salary through the termination date, any accrued vacation pay and any un-reimbursed expenses, and (ii) subject to Mr. Drexler’s execution of a valid general release and waiver of claims against us, as well as his compliance with the non-competition, non-solicitation and confidential information restrictions described below, (a) a payment equal to his annual base salary and target cash incentive award, one-half of such payment to be paid on the first business day that is six (6) months and one (1) day following the termination date and the remaining one-half of such payment to be paid in six equal monthly installments commencing on the first business day of the seventh calendar month following the termination date, (b) a payment equal to the pro-rated amount of any annual cash incentive award that he would have otherwise received, based on actual performance, for the fiscal year in which he was terminated, such amount to be paid when annual bonuses are generally paid but in any event no later than the date that is 2.5 months following the end of the year in which the termination date occurs, and (c) the immediate vesting of all then outstanding equity awards previously granted to Mr. Drexler.
In addition, upon any termination of Mr. Drexler’s employment with us, Mr. Drexler will be entitled to any benefit or right under the Company employee benefit plans in which he is vested (except for any additional severance or termination payments). At this time, Mr. Drexler is not vested in any benefits or rights under our employee benefit plans.
In addition, pursuant to the Drexler Agreement, in the event that any payment or benefit provided to Mr. Drexler under the Drexler Agreement or under any other plan, program or arrangement of ours in connection with a change in control (as defined in Section 280G of the Code) becomes subject to the excise taxes imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, Mr. Drexler will be entitled to receive a “gross-up” payment in connection with any such excise taxes. We have also agreed to purchase and maintain, at our own expense, directors and officers liability insurance providing coverage for Mr. Drexler for the six (6) year period following his termination of employment in the same amount as our other executive officers and directors.
54

 
Pursuant to the Drexler Agreement, for the two (2) year period following the termination of Mr. Drexler’s employment, Mr. Drexler has agreed not to solicit or hire any of our associates. In addition, Mr. Drexler has agreed that, for the one (1) year period following his termination of employment, he will not compete with us in the retail apparel business in any geographic area in which we are engaged in such business. Mr. Drexler is also subject to standard non-disclosure of confidential information restrictions.
Joan Durkin
Pursuant to the Non-Disclosure, Non-Solicitation, Non-Competition and Dispute Resolution Agreement between us and Joan Durkin, dated January 22, 2013 (the “Durkin Agreement”), we have agreed to provide certain payments and benefits to Ms. Durkin on a termination of her employment without cause provided that (i) we do not waive any of the post-employment restrictions in the Durkin Agreement and (ii) Ms. Durkin executes and delivers to us a separation agreement and release in a form acceptable to us and does not revoke such separation agreement and release.
Pursuant to the Durkin Agreement, we may terminate Ms. Durkin’s employment with us for cause or at any time without cause.  For these purposes, “cause” is defined under the Durkin Agreement as gross incompetence; failure to comply with the Company’s policies including, but not limited to, those contained in the Company’s Associate Handbook or Code of Ethics and Business Practices; indictment, conviction or admission of any crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; falsification of employment applications, records, or any work product for the Company; participation in any act of misconduct, insubordination or fraud against the Company; use of alcohol or drugs which interferes with performance of her duties or compromises the integrity or reputation of the Company; or unauthorized absence from work other than as a result of disability.
Pursuant to the Durkin Agreement, if Ms. Durkin’s employment with us is terminated by us without cause, then Ms. Durkin will be entitled to, subject to her execution of an irrevocable separation agreement and release, (a) a pro-rata portion of the cash incentive award, if any, to which she would have otherwise been entitled, based on actual performance, as of the date of termination, and (b) continued payment of base salary and continued medical benefits for a period of six (6) months following her termination date.  However Ms. Durkin’s right to the continuation of her base salary and medical benefits for six (6) months following the termination of her employment will cease upon the date that she becomes employed by another entity as an employee, consultant or otherwise.  In addition, if Ms. Durkin’s employment with us is terminated for any reason, Ms. Durkin will also be entitled to any unearned by unpaid base salary.  
Amounts payable to Ms. Durkin as a result of termination by us without cause may be deferred and accumulated for six (6) months, then paid in a lump-sum on the first day of the seventh month following termination, if required for compliance with the deferred compensation rules under Section 409A of the Code.
Pursuant to the Durkin Agreement, Ms. Durkin has agreed that, for the six (6) month period following the termination of her employment for any reason, she will not engage in perform services for certain competitive entities in the retail, mail order and Internet and apparel and accessories business.  In addition, for the twelve (12) month period following the termination of her employment for any reason, Ms. Durkin has agreed not to solicit or hire any of our associates.  Ms. Durkin is also subject to standard non-disclosure of confidential information restrictions and she has agreed that any claims or dispute arising out of her employment with the Company shall be subject to mandatory arbitration.  
Jenna Lyons
Pursuant to the second amended and restated employment agreement between us and Ms. Lyons, dated July 1, 2010 (the “Lyons Agreement”), the payments and/or benefits we have agreed to pay or provide Ms. Lyons on a termination of her employment vary depending on the reason for such termination.
Pursuant to the Lyons Agreement, we may terminate Ms. Lyons’ employment with us upon her disability, which is generally defined in the Lyons Agreement as Ms. Lyons’ inability to perform her duties for a ninety (90) day period as a result of her incapacity due to physical or mental illness and failure to return to work within thirty (30) days of notice by the Company. In addition, we may terminate Ms. Lyons’ employment for cause or at any time without cause. For these purposes, “cause” is generally defined under the Lyons Agreement as Ms. Lyons’ (a) indictment for a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or being charged or sanctioned by the federal or state government or governmental authority or agency with violations of securities laws, or having been found by any court or governmental authority or agency to have committed any such violation; (b) willful misconduct or gross negligence in connection with her performance of duties; (c) willful and material breach of the Lyons Agreement, including without limitation, her failure to perform her duties and responsibilities (provided that she be given written notice and has thirty (30) days to cure to the extent such violation is reasonably susceptible to cure); (d) fraudulent act or omission by Ms. Lyons adverse to our reputation; (e) disclosure of any confidential information to persons not authorized to know such information; or (f) her violation of or failure to comply with any material Company policy or any legal or regulatory obligations or requirements, including without limitation, our Code of Ethics and Business Practices or any legal or regulatory obligations or requirements (provided that she has thirty (30) days to
55

 
cure to the extent such violation is reasonably susceptible to cure). Furthermore, if subsequent to the termination of Ms. Lyons’ employment it is determined that she could have been terminated for cause, Ms. Lyons’ employment, at our election, shall be deemed to have been terminated for cause, in which event we would be entitled to immediately cease providing any severance benefits described below and to recover any severance benefits previously paid to Ms. Lyons.
Pursuant to the Lyons Agreement, Ms. Lyons may terminate her employment with us with good reason or at any time, upon at least two (2) months’ advance notice, without good reason. For these purposes, “good reason” is generally defined under the Lyons Agreement as either (a) any action by us that results in a material and continuing diminution of Ms. Lyons’ duties or responsibilities, including an adverse change in her title from Creative Director or a change such that she will no longer report directly to the Chief Executive Officer; or (b) a material reduction by us of Ms. Lyons’ base salary or annual cash incentive award opportunity as in effect from time to time, or (c) a relocation of more than fifty (50) miles of her principal place of employment, in each case without Ms. Lyons’ written consent. Ms. Lyons’ employment will also terminate upon her death.
Pursuant to the Lyons Agreement, if Ms. Lyons’ employment with us is terminated (i) by us without cause or (ii) by Ms. Lyons with good reason, then Ms. Lyons will be entitled to, subject to her execution of a valid general release and waiver of any claims she may have against us and her continued compliance with the post-employment restrictive covenants to which she is subject, (a) continued payment of base salary and continued medical benefits for a period of one (1) year following her termination date and (b) a lump sum in an amount equal to the annual cash incentive award that she received for the fiscal year prior to her termination. However, Ms. Lyons’ right to the continuation of her base salary and medical benefits for one (1) year following the termination of her employment will cease, respectively, upon the date that she becomes employed by a new employer or otherwise begins providing services for another entity and the date she becomes eligible for coverage under another group health plan; provided that if the cash compensation she receives from her new employer or otherwise is less than her base salary in effect immediately prior to her termination date, she will be entitled to receive the difference between her base salary and her new amount of cash compensation during the remainder of the severance period. In addition, if Ms. Lyons’ employment with us is terminated for any reason, Ms. Lyons will also be entitled to any earned but unpaid base salary.
Amounts payable to Ms. Lyons as a result of termination by us without cause or by Ms. Lyons with good reason, may be deferred and accumulated for six months, then paid in a lump-sum on the first day of the seventh month following termination, if required for compliance with the deferred compensation rules under Section 409A of the Code.
Pursuant to the Lyons Agreement, Ms. Lyons has agreed that, for the twelve (12) month period following the termination of her employment (other than a termination by us without cause, by Ms. Lyons with good reason, or as a result of our election not to renew the employment period), she will not engage in or perform services for certain competitive entities in the retail, mail order and Internet apparel and accessories business within a 100 mile radius of any of our store locations or in the same area as we direct our mail order operations or solicit any of our customers or suppliers. In addition, for the twelve (12) month period following the termination of her employment for any reason, Ms. Lyons has agreed not to solicit or hire any of our associates. Ms. Lyons is also subject to standard non-disclosure of confidential information and non-disparagement restrictions.
Libby Wadle
Pursuant to the Letter Agreement between us and Ms. Wadle, dated November 28, 2011 (the “Wadle Agreement”), the payments and/or benefits we have agreed to pay or provide Ms. Wadle on a termination of her employment vary depending on the reason for such termination.
Pursuant to the Wadle Agreement, we may terminate Ms. Wadle’s employment with us upon her disability, which is generally defined in the Wadle Agreement as Ms. Wadle’s inability to perform her duties for a ninety (90) day period as a result of her incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury and failure to return to work within thirty (30) days of receiving notice from the Company. In addition, we may terminate Ms. Wadle’s employment for cause or at any time without cause. For these purposes, “cause” is generally defined under the Wadle Agreement as Ms. Wadle’s (a) indictment for a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or being charged or sanctioned by the federal or state government or governmental authority or agency with violations of applicable laws, or having been found by any court or governmental authority or agency to have committed any such violation; (b) willful misconduct or gross negligence in connection with her performance of duties; (c) willful and material breach of the Wadle Agreement, including without limitation, her failure to perform her duties and responsibilities thereunder (provided that she be given written notice and has 30 days to cure to the extent such violation is reasonably susceptible to cure); (d) fraudulent act or omission adverse to our reputation; (e) willful disclosure of any confidential information to persons not authorized to know such information; or (f) her violation of or failure to comply with any material Company policy or any legal or regulatory obligations or requirements, including without limitation, our Code of Ethics and Business Practices or any legal or regulatory obligations or requirements (provided that she has 30 days to cure to the extent such violation is reasonably susceptible to cure). Furthermore, if subsequent to the termination of Ms. Wadle’s employment it is determined that she could have been terminated for cause, Ms. Wadle’s employment, at
56

 
our election, shall be deemed to have been terminated for cause, in which event we would be entitled to immediately cease providing any severance benefits described below and to recover any severance benefits previously paid to Ms. Wadle.
Pursuant to the Wadle Agreement, Ms. Wadle may terminate her employment with us with good reason or at any time, upon at least two (2) months’ advance notice, without good reason. For these purposes, “good reason” is generally defined under the Wadle Agreement as (a) any action by us that results in a material and continuing diminution of Ms. Wadle’s duties or responsibilities (including, without limitation, an adverse change in Ms. Wadle’s title or a change such that she no longer reports directly to the CEO), (b) a reduction by us of Ms. Wadle’s base salary or annual cash incentive award opportunity as in effect from time to time, or (iii) a relocation of more than fifty (50) miles of her principal place of employment, in each case without Ms. Wadle’s written consent. Ms. Wadle’s employment will also terminate upon her death.
Pursuant to the Wadle Agreement, if Ms. Wadle’s employment with us is terminated (i) by us without cause (ii) by Ms. Wadle with good reason or (iii) by us as a result of non-renewal of the agreement, then Ms. Wadle will be entitled to, subject to her execution of a valid general release and waiver of any claims she may have against us and her continued compliance with the post-employment restrictive covenants to which she is subject, (a) continued payment of base salary and continued medical benefits (which may consist of our reimbursement of COBRA payments) for a period of twelve (12) months following her termination date; (b) her annual bonus for the preceding year to the extent not yet paid; and (c) a lump sum in an amount equal to the pro-rated amount of any annual cash incentive award that she would have otherwise received, based on actual performance, for the fiscal year in which she was terminated. However, except in the event Ms. Wadle is terminated in the twenty-four (24) months following a change in control, Ms. Wadle’s right to the continuation of her base salary and medical benefits for twelve (12) months following the termination of her employment will cease, respectively, upon the date that she becomes employed by a new employer or otherwise begins providing services for another entity and the date she becomes eligible for coverage under another group health plan, provided that if the cash compensation she receives from her new employer or otherwise is less than her base salary in effect immediately prior to her termination date, she will be entitled to receive the difference between her base salary and her new amount of cash compensation during the remainder of the severance period. In addition, if Ms. Wadle’s employment with us is terminated for any reason, Ms. Wadle will also be entitled to any earned but unpaid salary.
Amounts payable to Ms. Wadle as a result of termination by us without cause or by Ms. Wadle with good reason, may be deferred and accumulated for six months, then paid in a lump-sum on the first day of the seventh month following termination, if required for compliance with the deferred compensation rules under Section 409A of the Code.
Pursuant to the Wadle Agreement, Ms. Wadle has agreed that, for the twelve (12) month period following the termination of her employment (other than a termination by us without cause, by Ms. Wadle with good reason or as a result of our election not to renew the employment period), she will not engage in or perform services for any entity in the retail, mail order and Internet specialty apparel and accessories business within a 100 mile radius of any of our store locations or in the same area as we direct our mail order operations or solicit any of our customers or suppliers. In addition, for the twelve (12) month period following the termination of her employment for any reason, Ms. Wadle has agreed not to solicit or hire any of our associates. Ms. Wadle is also subject to standard non-disclosure of confidential information restrictions.
James Scully
Mr. Scully voluntarily ended his employment with us on February 24, 2015. Pursuant to the amended and restated employment agreement between us and Mr. Scully, dated September 10, 2008 (the “Scully Agreement”), the payments and/or benefits we had agreed to pay or provide Mr. Scully on a termination of his employment varied depending on the reason for such termination.  Pursuant to the Scully Agreement, we could have terminated Mr. Scully’s employment with us upon his disability, for cause or at any time without cause.  Pursuant to the Scully Agreement, Mr. Scully was permitted to terminate his employment with us with good reason or at any time, upon at least two (2) months’ advance notice.  Mr. Scully’s employment would have also terminated upon his death.
If we had terminated Mr. Scully’s employment with us without cause or if Mr. Scully had terminated his employment with good reason (as defined in the Scully Agreement), then Mr. Scully would have been entitled to, subject to certain terms and conditions, continued base salary and medical benefits for a period of eighteen (18) months following his termination date, the annual bonus earned for the year immediately prior to the year that included his termination date, to the extent not yet paid, and a pro-rata portion of the annual bonus, if any, to which he would otherwise have been entitled, based on actual performance, as of the date of termination.  
Pursuant to the Scully Agreement, Mr. Scully agreed that, for the twelve (12) month period following the termination of his employment, he will not engage in or perform services for any entity in the retail, mail order and Internet specialty apparel and accessories business within a 100 mile radius of any of our store locations or in the same area as we direct our mail order operations or solicit any of our customers or suppliers. In addition, for the eighteen (18) month period following the termination of his employment
57

 
for any reason, Mr. Scully agreed not to solicit or hire any of our associates. Mr. Scully is also subject to standard non-disclosure of confidential information restrictions.
Stuart Haselden
Mr. Haselden voluntarily ended his employment with us effective January 16, 2015.  Pursuant to the Letter Agreement between us and Mr. Haselden, dated May 15, 2012 (the “Haselden Agreement”), the payments and/or benefits we had agreed to pay or provide Mr. Haselden on a termination of his employment varied depending on the reason for such termination.   Pursuant to the Haselden Agreement, we could have terminated Mr. Haselden’s employment with us upon his disability, for cause or at any time without cause. Pursuant to the Haselden Agreement, Mr. Haselden was permitted to terminate his employment with us with good reason or at any time, upon at least two (2) months’ advance notice. Mr. Haselden’s employment would have also terminated upon his death.
If we had terminated Mr. Haselden’s employment with us without cause or if Mr. Haselden had resigned for good reason (as defined in the Haselden Agreement), then Mr. Haselden would have been entitled to, subject to certain terms and conditions, continued base salary and medical benefits for a period of twelve (12) months following his termination date and the annual bonus earned for the year immediately prior to the year that includes the termination date, to the extent not yet paid.
Pursuant to the Haselden Agreement, Mr. Haselden agreed that, for the twelve (12) month period following the termination of his employment, he will not engage in or perform services for any entity in the retail, mail order and Internet specialty apparel and accessories business within a 100 mile radius of any of our store locations or in the same area as we direct our mail order operations or solicit any of our customers or suppliers. In addition, for the eighteen (18) month period following the termination of his employment for any reason, Mr. Haselden agreed not to solicit or hire any of our associates. Mr. Haselden is also subject to standard non-disclosure of confidential information restrictions.
Equity Plan
None of the options to purchase shares of our common stock held by our Named Executive Officers and granted under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan will vest solely because of a “change in control.” However, stock options and/or restricted shares granted to our Named Executive Officers under the plan may provide for the acceleration of the vesting schedule in the event of the termination by us of a Named Executive Officer’s employment without cause or the termination by the Named Executive Officer for good reason within two (2) years following a change in control.
In addition, in the event of (i) a consolidation, merger or similar transaction or series of related transactions, including a sale or disposition of stock, in which Parent is not the surviving corporation or which results in the acquisition of all or substantially all of Parent’s then outstanding common stock by a single person or entity or by a group of persons and/or entities acting in concert, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of Parent’s assets, (iii) a change in control as defined in the Management Stockholders Agreement, or (iv) a dissolution or liquidation of Parent, the compensation committee of Parent has the right, in its discretion, to cancel all outstanding equity awards (whether vested or unvested) and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the holder of such award an amount in cash, for each share of common stock subject to the award, equal to, (A) with respect to an option, the excess of (x) the value, as determined by the Committee, of securities and property (including cash) received by ordinary stockholders as a result of such event over (y) the exercise price of such option or (B) with respect to restricted shares, the value, as determined by the Committee, of securities and property (including cash) received by the ordinary stockholders as a result of such event.
If any of the events described above had occurred on January 30, 2015 and the Committee exercised its discretion to cash-out each outstanding and unvested equity award (including performance-based awards) held by the Named Executive Officers as of such date, then each Named Executive Officer would have received an amount equal to the amount disclosed with respect to such Named Executive Officer in “Equity-Based Incentive Compensation” row of the tables below. For purposes of this calculation, we have assumed that the value per share received in connection with such event would be equal to $0.10 per share for Class A common stock, which was the valuation of this class of stock on the last business day of our fiscal year 2014.
58

 
The following tables estimate the amounts that would be payable to our Named Executive Officers if their employment terminated on January 30, 2015 and a change in control occurred on such date.
Millard Drexler
 
 	 	Termination by
(i) Executive Without
Good Reason,
(ii) by Executive’s
Notice of
Non-Renewal or
(iii) by Company for
Cause	 	 	Termination
(i) by the Company
without Cause, or
(ii) by Executive for
Good Reason(1)	 	 	Death/
Disability	 	 	Termination
as a result of
Company
Notice of
Non-Renewal	 	 	Change in
Control-Termination
of Employment
by the Company
without Cause
or by Executive for
Good Reason(1)	 	
Cash Severance	 	 	—	 	 	$	2,600,000	(2)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	$	2,600,000	(2)	
Equity-Based Incentive Compensation	 	 	—	 	 	$	0	(3)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	$	0	(3)	
Other Benefits/ Tax Gross-Ups	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	$	0	(4)	
 
(1)	All severance payments and benefits payable to our Named Executive Officers upon a termination of employment by us without cause or by the executive with good reason are subject to the Named Executive Officer’s execution of a valid general release and waiver of all claims against the Company and compliance with applicable non-competition, non-solicitation and confidential information restrictions.	

(2)	Represents amount equal to (i) Mr. Drexler’s base salary ($200,000) and target cash incentive award ($1,200,000) (one half of such payment to be paid on the first business day that is six (6) months and one (1) day following the assumed termination date and the remaining one half of such payment to be paid in six (6) equal monthly installments commencing on the first business day of the seventh calendar month following such date) and (ii) pro-rated lump sum payment of any annual cash incentive award he would have otherwise received for fiscal 2014 (assumes payout of target bonus of $1,200,000).  	

(3)	Represents an amount equal to the number of shares underlying all of Mr. Drexler’s unvested stock options as of January 30, 2015 multiplied by the spread between the valuation of the applicable class of common stock as of that date and the applicable exercise price of each stock option. Because the exercise price of each stock option is below the assumed fair market value of $0.10 per share of common stock, no value would be attributable to Mr. Drexler’s unvested stock options.	

(4)	Represents the estimated amount of the “gross-up” payment that Mr. Drexler would be entitled to receive in connection with any excise taxes imposed by Section 4999 of the Code as a result of a change in control (as defined by Section 280G of the Code). Since the Company was privately-owned as of January 30, 2015, no such gross-up payment would have been made.	
Joan Durkin
 
 	 	Termination by
(i) Executive Without
Good Reason,
(ii) by Executive’s
Notice of
Non-Renewal or
(iii) by Company for
Cause	 	 	Termination
(i) by the Company
without Cause, or
(ii) by Executive for
Good Reason(1)	 	 	Death/
Disability	 	 	Termination
as a result of
Company
Notice of
Non-Renewal	 	 	Change in
Control-Termination
of Employment by
the Company
without Cause or
by Executive for
Good Reason(1)	 	
Cash Severance	 	 	—	 	 	$	263,500	(2)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	$	263,500	(2)	
Equity-Based Incentive Compensation	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	$	0	(3)	
Other Benefits/ Tax Gross-Ups	 	 	—	 	 	$	10,422	(4)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 
(1)	All severance payments and benefits payable to our Named Executive Officers upon a termination of employment by us without cause or by the executive with good reason are subject to the Named Executive Officer’s execution of a valid general release and waiver of all claims against the Company and compliance with applicable non-solicitation and confidential information restrictions.	

(2)	Represents amount equal to (i) continued payment of base salary ($310,000) for six (6) months following termination assuming that Ms. Durkin does not obtain other paid employment during that period and (ii) pro-rated lump sum payment of any annual cash incentive award she would have otherwise received for fiscal 2014 (assumes payout of target bonus of $108,500).	

(3)	Represents an amount equal to the number of shares underlying all of Ms. Durkin’s unvested stock options as of January 30, 2015 multiplied by the spread between the valuation of the applicable class of common stock as of that date and the applicable exercise price of each stock option.  Because the exercise price of each stock option is above the assumed fair market value of $0.10 per share of common stock, no value would be attributable to Ms. Durkin’s unvested stock options.	
59

 
(4)	Represents an amount equal to the Company’s total COBRA cost for Ms. Durkin to continue coverage under the Company’s health insurance plan for six (6) months assuming that Ms. Durkin did not obtain other employment during that period.	
Jenna Lyons
 
 	 	Termination by (i)
Executive Without
Good Reason,
(ii) by Executive’s
Notice of Non-
Renewal or
(iii) by Company for
Cause	 	 	Termination
(i) by the Company
without Cause, or
(ii) by Executive for
Good Reason(1)	 	 	Death/
Disability	 	 	Termination
as a result of
Company
Notice of
Non-Renewal	 	 	Change in
Control-Termination
of Employment by
the Company
without Cause or
by Executive for
Good Reason(1)	 	
Cash Severance	 	 	—	 	 	$	1,000,000	(2)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	$	1,000,000	(2)	
Equity-Based Incentive Compensation	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	$	0	(3)	
Other Benefits/Tax Gross-Ups	 	 	—	 	 	$	11,725	(4)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 
(1)	All severance payments and benefits payable to our Named Executive Officers upon a termination of employment by us without cause or by the executive with good reason are subject to the Named Executive Officer’s execution of a valid general release and waiver of all claims against the Company and compliance with applicable non-competition, non-solicitation and confidential information restrictions.	

(2)	Represents amount equal to (i) continued payment of base salary ($1,000,000) for one (1) year following termination assuming that Ms. Lyons does not obtain other paid employment during that period and (ii) a lump sum payment equal to the annual cash incentive award, if any, that she received for the fiscal year ended prior to the fiscal year which includes the assumed termination date (which was $0 for fiscal 2013).	

(3)	Represents an amount equal to the number of shares underlying all of Ms. Lyons’ unvested stock options as of January 30, 2015 multiplied by the spread between the valuation of the applicable class of common stock as of that date and the applicable exercise price of each stock option.  Because the exercise price of each stock option is above the assumed fair market value of $0.10 per share of common stock, no value would be attributable to Ms. Lyons’ unvested stock options.	

(4)	Represents an amount equal to the Company’s total COBRA cost for Ms. Lyons to continue coverage under the Company’s health insurance plan for one (1) year assuming that Ms. Lyons did not obtain other employment during that period.	
Libby Wadle
 
 	 	Termination by
(i) Executive Without
Good Reason,
(ii) by Executive’s
Notice of
Non-Renewal or
(iii) by Company for
Cause	 	 	Termination
(i) by the Company
without Cause, or
(ii) by Executive for
Good Reason(1)	 	 	Death/
Disability	 	 	Termination
as a result of
Company
Notice of
Non-Renewal	 	 	Change in
Control-Termination
of Employment by
the Company
without Cause or
by Executive for
Good Reason(1)	 	
Cash Severance	 	 	—	 	 	$	1,500,000	(2)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	$	1,500,000	(2)	
Equity-Based Incentive Compensation	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	$	0	(3)	
Other Benefits/Tax Gross-Ups	 	 	—	 	 	$	20,845	(4)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 
(1)	All severance payments and benefits payable to our Named Executive Officers upon a termination of employment by us without cause or by the executive with good reason are subject to the Named Executive Officer’s execution of a valid general release and waiver of all claims against the Company and compliance with applicable non-competition, non-solicitation and confidential information restrictions.	

(2)	Represents amount equal to (i) continued payment of base salary ($750,000) for one (1) year following termination assuming that Ms. Wadle does not obtain other paid employment during that period and (ii) pro-rated lump sum payment of any annual cash incentive award that she would have otherwise received for fiscal 2014 (assumes payout of target bonus of $750,000).	

(3)	Represents an amount equal to the number of shares underlying all of Ms. Wadle’s unvested stock options as of January 30, 2015 multiplied by the spread between the valuation of the applicable class of common stock as of that date and the applicable exercise price of each stock option. Because the exercise price of each stock option is above the assumed fair market value of $0.10 per share of common stock, no value would be attributable to Ms. Wadle’s unvested stock options.	

(4)	Represents an amount equal to the Company’s total COBRA cost for Ms. Wadle to continue coverage under the Company’s health insurance plan for one (1) year assuming that Ms. Wadle did not obtain other employment during that period.	
60

 
James Scully
 
 	 	Termination by
(i) Executive Without
Good Reason,
(ii) by Executive’s
Notice of
Non-Renewal or
(iii) by Company for
Cause	 	 	Termination
(i) by the Company
without Cause, or
(ii) by Executive for
Good Reason(1)	 	 	Death/
Disability	 	 	Termination
as a result of
Company
Notice of
Non-Renewal	 	 	Change in
Control-Termination
of Employment by
the Company
without Cause or
by Executive for
Good Reason(1)	 	
Cash Severance	 	 	—	 	 	$	1,875,000	(2)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	$	1,875,000	(2)	
Equity-Based Incentive Compensation	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	$	0	(3)	
Other Benefits/ Tax Gross-Ups	 	 	—	 	 	$	31,267	(4)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 
(1)	All severance payments and benefits payable to our Named Executive Officers upon a termination of employment by us without cause or by the executive with good reason are subject to the Named Executive Officer’s execution of a valid general release and waiver of all claims against the Company and compliance with applicable non-solicitation and confidential information restrictions.	

(2)	Represents amount equal to (i) continued payment of base salary ($750,000) for eighteen (18) months following termination assuming that Mr. Scully does not obtain other paid employment during that period and (ii) pro-rated lump sum payment of any annual cash incentive award he would have otherwise received for fiscal 2014 (assumes payout of target bonus of $750,000).	

(3)	Represents an amount equal to the number of shares underlying all of Mr. Scully’s unvested stock options as of January 30, 2015 multiplied by the spread between the valuation of the applicable class of common stock as of that date and the applicable exercise price of each stock option. Because the exercise price of each stock option is above the assumed fair market value of $0.10 per share of common stock, no value would be attributable to Mr. Scully’s unvested stock options.	

(4)	Represents an amount equal to the Company’s total COBRA cost for Mr. Scully to continue coverage under the Company’s health insurance plan for eighteen (18) months assuming that Mr. Scully did not obtain other employment during that period.	
Stuart Haselden
 
 	 	Termination by
(i) Executive Without
Good Reason,
(ii) by Executive’s
Notice of
Non-Renewal or
(iii) by Company for
Cause	 	 	Termination
(i) by the Company
without Cause, or
(ii) by Executive for
Good Reason(1)	 	 	Death/
Disability	 	 	Termination
as a result of
Company
Notice of
Non-Renewal	 	 	Change in
Control-Termination
of Employment by
the Company
without Cause or
by Executive for
Good Reason(1)	 	
Cash Severance	 	 	—	 	 	$	831,250	(2)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	$	831,250	(2)	
Equity-Based Incentive Compensation	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	$	0	(3)	
Other Benefits/ Tax Gross-Ups	 	 	—	 	 	$	20,845	(4)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 
(1)	All severance payments and benefits payable to our Named Executive Officers upon a termination of employment by us without cause or by the executive with good reason are subject to the Named Executive Officer’s execution of a valid general release and waiver of all claims against the Company and compliance with applicable non-solicitation and confidential information restrictions.	

(2)	Represents amount equal to (i) continued payment of base salary ($475,000) for twelve (12) months following termination assuming that Mr. Haselden does not obtain other paid employment during that period and (ii) pro-rated lump sum payment of any annual cash incentive award he would have otherwise received for fiscal 2014 (assumes payout of target bonus of $356,250).	

(3)	Represents an amount equal to the number of shares underlying all of Mr. Haselden’s unvested stock options as of January 30, 2015 multiplied by the spread between the valuation of the applicable class of common stock as of that date and the applicable exercise price of each stock option.  Because the exercise price of each stock option is above the assumed fair market value of $0.10 per share of common stock, no value would be attributable to Mr. Haselden’s unvested stock options.	

(4)	Represents an amount equal to the Company’s total COBRA cost for Mr. Haselden to continue coverage under the Company’s health insurance plan for one (1) year assuming that Mr. Haselden did not obtain other employment during that period.	
61

 
Director Compensation
The following table sets forth information regarding compensation for each of the Company’s non-management directors for fiscal 2014. Messrs. Coulter, Danhakl and Sokoloff and Ms. Wheeler are representatives of our Sponsors. As a result, these directors are not individually compensated by the Company.  
 
Name	  	Fees earned or
paid in cash
($)(1)	 	  	Stock
Awards
($)(1)	 	  	Option
Awards
($)(1)	 	  	All Other
Compensation
($)	 	  	Total
($)	 	
James Coulter	  	$	—	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	—	  	
John Danhakl	  	$	—	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	—	  	
Jonathan Sokoloff	  	$	—	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	—	  	
Stephen Squeri	  	$	40,000	  	  	$	87,000	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	127,000	  	
Carrie Wheeler	  	$	—	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	—	  	
 
(1)	Represents the grant date fair value we calculated under Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 718— Compensation—Stock Compensation  as share-based compensation in our financial statements for fiscal year 2014 of restricted stock awards  made to directors in that fiscal year. See note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for a description of assumptions underlying the valuation of equity awards.	
The stock award granted to Mr. Squeri during fiscal 2014 and listed in the table above was an award of 116,000 shares of Class A restricted stock and 6,988 shares of Class L restricted stock with a grant date fair value of $87,000. The aggregate number of stock options held by Mr. Squeri as of January 31, 2015 is 80,000. In addition, Mr. Squeri held 128,250 shares of Class A unvested restricted stock and 13,113 shares of Class L unvested restricted stock as of January 31, 2015.
Compensation of Directors for Fiscal 2014
Neither Mr. Drexler nor the representatives of our Sponsors receive individual compensation from us for serving on the Board.  In exchange for his services as a director in 2014, Mr. Squeri received: (1) an annual cash retainer of $40,000; and (2) an award of 116,000 shares of Class A restricted stock and 6,988 shares of Class L restricted stock. The restricted stock was granted on October 7, 2014 and vests ratably over two years from the grant date.
Each of our directors receives a discount on most merchandise in our stores and through our e-commerce business, which we believe is a common practice in the retail industry.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
The members of the compensation committee of the Board of the Company are Mr. Coulter, Mr. Sokoloff, Mr. Squeri and Ms. Wheeler. None of these committee members were officers or employees of the Company during fiscal year 2014, were formerly Company officers or had any relationship otherwise requiring disclosure. There were no interlocks or insider participation between any member of the Board or compensation committee and any member of the Board or compensation committee of another company.  
report of the compensation committee
The compensation committee of our Board has reviewed and discussed the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” section with management. Based on the review and discussions, the compensation committee recommended that the Board include the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in this annual report on Form 10-K.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
James Coulter, Chairman
Jonathan Sokoloff
Stephen Squeri
Carrie Wheeler

 
62

 
ITEM  12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.	
All of the outstanding shares of common stock of J.Crew Group, Inc. are held indirectly by Parent.
 
The following table describes the beneficial ownership of Parent’s common stock, consisting of both Class A common stock and Class L common stock, as of March 17, 2015 by each person known to the Company to beneficially own more than five percent of Parent’s common stock, each director, each executive officer named in the “Summary Compensation Table,” and all directors and executive officers as a group. The number of shares of common stock outstanding used in calculating the percentage for each listed person includes the shares of Class A common stock underlying options beneficially owned by that person that are exercisable within 60 days following March 17, 2015. The beneficial ownership percentages reflected in the table below are based on 91,427,028 shares of Parent’s Class L common stock and 836,203,431 shares of Parent’s Class A common stock outstanding as of March 17, 2015.
 
Name of Beneficial Owner	 	Amount and Nature of Beneficially Owned Class L	 	Percent of Class L	 	Amount and Nature of Beneficially Owned Class A	 	Percent of Class A	
5% Shareholders	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Affiliates of TPG	 	60,275,627(1)	 	65.93%	 	542,480,716(2)	 	64.87%	
Affiliates of LGP	 	22,666,665(3)	 	24.79%	 	203,999,999(4)	 	24.40%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Directors and Executive Officers	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
James Coulter	 	60,275,627(1)	 	65.93%	 	542,480,716(2)	 	64.90%	
Millard S. Drexler	 	7,370,977(5)	 	8.06%	 	90,420,719(6)	 	10.66%	
John G. Danhakl	 	22,666,665(7)	 	24.79%	 	203,999,999(7)	 	24.40%	
Jonathan D. Sokoloff	 	22,666,665(8)	 	24.79%	 	203,999,999(8)	 	24.40%	
Stephen J. Squeri	 	47,386(9)	 	*	 	332,500(10)	 	*	
Carrie Wheeler	 	— (11)	 	*	 	— (11)	 	*	
Joan Durkin	 	—	 	*	 	50,000 (12)	 	*	
Jenna Lyons	 	296,296	 	*	 	6,607,755(13)	 	*	
Libby Wadle	 	148,148	 	*	 	3,078,657(14)	 	*	
Lynda Markoe	 	74,074	 	 	 	1,631,088(15)	 	*	
James Scully	 	185,185	 	*	 	2,222,222	 	*	
Stuart Haselden	 	16,148	 	*	 	—	 	*	
All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group	 	91,080,506	 	99.62%	 	850,823,656	 	99.49%	
*  Indicates less than one percent of common stock.
 
Except as described in the agreements mentioned above or as otherwise indicated in a footnote, each of the beneficial owners listed has, to our knowledge, sole voting, dispositive and investment power with respect to the indicated shares of common stock beneficially owned by them. Unless otherwise indicated in a footnote, the address for each individual listed below is c/o J.Crew Group, Inc. 770 Broadway, New York NY 10003.
 
(1)	Represents 60,275,627 shares of Class L common stock of Chinos Holdings, Inc. (the “TPG Class L Stock”) held by TPG Chinos, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“TPG Chinos”), whose general partner is TPG Advisors VI, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Advisors VI”). Messrs. James G. Coulter and David Bonderman are officers and sole shareholders of Advisors VI and may therefore be deemed to beneficially own the TPG Stock (as defined below). Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter disclaim beneficial ownership of the TPG Stock held by TPG Chinos except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of Advisors VI and Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.	
 
(2)	Represents 542,480,716 shares of Class A common stock of Chinos Holdings, Inc. (the “TPG Class A Stock” and, together with the TPG Class L Stock, the “TPG Stock”) held by TPG Chinos.	
 
63

 
(3)	Represents 17,091,769 shares of Class L common stock held by Green Equity Investors V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“GEI V”), 5,127,119 shares of Class L common stock held by Green Equity Investors Side V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“GEI Side”) and 447,777 shares of Class L common stock held by LGP Chino Coinvest LLC, a Delaware limited Liability Company (“LGP Chino Coinvest” and, together with GEI V and GEI Side, the “LGP Funds”). GEI Capital V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“GEI Capital”), is the general partner of each of GEI V and GEI Side. GEI Capital may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the 22,218,888 shares of Class L common stock held by GEI V and GEI Side. GEI Capital expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of any securities owned beneficially or of record by any person or persons other than itself for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) and Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act and expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of any such securities except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. Leonard Green & Partners, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership (“LGP”) is the manager of LGP Chino Coinvest and serves as the management company of GEI V and GEI Side. LGP may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the 22,666,665 shares of Class L common stock held by the LGP Funds. LGP expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of any securities owned beneficially or of record by any person or persons other than itself for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) and Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act and expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of any such securities except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. The business address of each of the LGP Funds and LGP is c/o Leonard Green & Partners, 11111 Santa Monica Boulevard Suite 2000, Los Angeles, CA 90025.	
(4)	Represents 153,825,921 shares of Class A common stock held by GEI V, 46,144,078 shares of Class A common stock held by GEI Side and 4,030,000 shares of Class A common stock held by LGP Chino Coinvest. GEI Capital is the general partner of each of GEI V and GEI Side. GEI Capital may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the 199,969,999 shares of Class A common stock held by GEI V and GEI Side. GEI Capital expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of any securities owned beneficially or of record by any person or persons other than itself for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) and Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act and expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of any such securities except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. LGP is the manager of LGP Chino Coinvest and serves as the management company of GEI V and GEI Side. LGP may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the 203,999,999 shares of Class A common stock held by the LGP Funds. LGP expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of any securities owned beneficially or of record by any person or persons other than itself for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) and Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act and expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of any such securities except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein.	
 
(5)	Represents 3,571,978 shares of Class L common stock held by The Drexler Family Revocable Trust, 1,867,278 shares of Class L common stock held by The Drexler 2008 Family Trust f/b/o Alexander Fischman Drexler, 1,867,277 shares of Class L common stock held by The Drexler 2008 Family Trust f/b/o Katherine Elizabeth Fischman Drexler, and 64,444 shares of Class L common stock held by Millard S. Drexler.	
 
(6)	Represents 32,147,805 shares of Class A common stock held by The Drexler Family Revocable Trust, 16,805,500 shares of Class A common stock held by The Drexler 2008 Family Trust f/b/o Alexander Fischman Drexler, 16,805,500 shares of Class A common stock held by The Drexler 2008 Family Trust f/b/o Katherine Elizabeth Fischman Drexler and 12,620,957 shares of Class A common stock held by Millard S. Drexler. Also includes 12,040,957 shares of Class A common stock that Mr. Drexler has the right to acquire within 60 days of March 25, 2015 upon the exercise of stock options at an exercise price of $0.25 per share.	
 
(7)	Mr. Danhakl is a Managing Partner of LGP, and by virtue of this and the relationships described in Footnotes (3) and (4) above, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the 22,666,665 shares of Class L common stock and 203,999,999 shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by the LGP Funds. Mr. Danhakl disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The business address of Mr. Danhakl is c/o Leonard Green & Partners, 11111 Santa Monica Boulevard Suite 2000, Los Angeles, CA 90025.	
 
(8)	Mr. Sokoloff is a Managing Partner of LGP, and by virtue of this and the relationships described in Footnote (3) and (4) above, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the 22,666,665 shares of Class L common stock and 203,999,999 shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by the LGP Funds. Mr. Sokoloff disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The business address of Mr. Sokoloff is c/o Leonard Green & Partners, 11111 Santa Monica Boulevard Suite 2000, Los Angeles, CA 90025.	
 
(9)	Includes 34,273 shares of Class L common stock held by Mr. Squeri and 13,113 shares of Class L restricted common stock.	
(10)	Includes 172,250 shares of Class A common stock held by Mr. Squeri, 128,250 shares of Class A restricted common stock and 32,000 shares of Class A common stock that Mr. Squeri has the right to acquire within 60 days of March 17, 2015 upon the exercise of stock options at an exercise price of $0.25 per share.	
 
(11)	Ms. Wheeler is a TPG Partner. Ms. Wheeler does not have voting or dispositive power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of the TPG Stock. The business address of Ms. Wheeler is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.	

(12)
 
(13)	Includes 50,000 shares of Class A common stock that Ms. Durkin has the right to acquire within 60 days of March 17, 2015 upon the exercise of stock options at an exercise price of $0.57 per share.
Includes 1,777,777 shares of Class A common stock held by Ms. Lyons, 4,529,978 shares of Class A common stock that Ms. Lyons has the right to acquire within 60 days of March 17, 2015 upon the exercise of stock options at an exercise price of $0.25 per share and 300,000 shares of Class A common stock that Ms. Lyons has the right to acquire within 60 days of March 17, 2015 upon the exercise of options at an exercise price of $0.57 per share.	

(14)	Includes 1,777,777 shares of Class A common stock held by Ms. Wadle and 1,100,880 shares of Class A common stock that Ms. Wadle has the right to acquire within 60 days of March 17, 2015 upon the exercise of stock options at an exercise price of $0.25 per share and 200,000 shares of Class A common stock that Ms. Wadle has the right to acquire within 60 days of March 17, 2015 upon the exercise of options at an exercise price of $0.57 per share.	
(15)	Includes 888,888 shares of Class A common stock held by Ms. Markoe and 642,200 shares of Class A common stock that Ms. Markoe has the right to acquire within 60 days of March 17, 2015 upon the exercise of stock options at an exercise price of $0.25 per share and 100,000 shares of Class A common stock that Ms. Markoe has the right to acquire within 60 days of March 17, 2015 upon the exercise of options at an exercise price of $0.57 per share.	
64

 
 
ITEM  13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Stockholders Agreements
The Company has entered into each of a Principal Investors Stockholders’ Agreement and a Management Stockholders’ Agreement with the Sponsors, certain parent companies of the Company (including Parent), certain other stockholders of Parent party thereto and, with respect to the Management Stockholders’ Agreement, certain members of management party thereto including but not limited to Mss. Lyons, Durkin, Markoe and Wadle and Messrs. Haselden and Scully (collectively, the “Stockholders Agreements”). These agreements contain arrangements among the parties thereto with respect to the business and affairs of the Company and the ownership of securities of Parent, including with respect to election of the Company’s directors and the directors of its parent companies, restrictions on the issuance or transfer of interests in the Company and its parent entities and other corporate governance provisions (including the right to approve various corporate actions).
Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreements, (i) the LGP Funds have the right to nominate, and have nominated, two directors to the Company’s Board, (ii) Millard S. Drexler has been nominated to the Board and will serve so long as he is the chief executive officer of the Company and (iii) TPG has the right to set the size of the Board and nominate the remaining directors. At the closing of the Acquisition in March 2011, TPG nominated two directors to the Company’s Board. In May 2012, Stephen Squeri was unanimously appointed to the Board, such that the Board is currently comprised of six directors. Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as well as the Stockholders Agreements, each director nominated by TPG has four votes for purposes of any Board action and each other director has one vote for purposes of any Board action. All decisions of the Board require the approval of a majority of the voting power held by the directors appointed in accordance with the Stockholders Agreements. In addition, the Stockholders Agreements provide that certain significant transactions regarding the Company and its parent companies require the consent of the LGP Funds.
The Stockholders Agreements contain customary agreements with respect to restrictions on the issuance or transfer of shares of common stock in the Company and its parent entities, including preemptive rights, rights of first offer upon a disposition of shares, tag along rights and drag along rights.
The Principal Investors Stockholders’ Agreement contains customary demand and piggyback registration rights in favor of the Sponsors and the other stockholders party thereto. The Management Stockholders’ Agreement also contains call rights allowing Parent and, in certain circumstances, the Sponsors, to purchase shares of Parent held by members of management party thereto in the event of a termination of employment of such member of management.
Agreements with the Sponsors
In connection with the Transactions, we entered into a management services agreement with the Sponsors, and/or affiliates of the Sponsors if the Sponsors so choose (the “Managers”), pursuant to which the Managers will provide us with certain management services until December 31, 2021, with evergreen one year extensions thereafter. The management services agreement provides that the Managers will receive an aggregate annual retainer fee equal to the greater of 40 basis points of annual revenue and $8 million to be allocated between the Managers as set forth in the management agreement. The management services agreement provides that the Managers will be entitled to receive fees in connection with certain subsequent financing, acquisition, disposition and change of control transactions equal to customary fees charged by internationally-recognized investment banks for serving as financial advisor in similar transactions. The management agreement also provides for reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Managers or their designees after the consummation of the Acquisition.
The management services agreement includes customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of the Managers, their designees and each of their respective affiliates. The management services agreement may be terminated by TPG, the board of directors of Parent or upon an initial public offering or change of control unless TPG determines otherwise. In the event the management services agreement is terminated, we expect to pay the Managers or their designees all unpaid fees plus the sum of the net present values of the aggregate annual retainer fees that would have been payable with respect to the period from the date of termination until the expiration date in effect immediately prior to such termination.
Pursuant to the management services agreement, the Managers received on the closing date of the Acquisition an aggregate transaction fee of $35 million. Additionally, in connection with the Acquisition, the Managers incurred certain costs, aggregating to $19.9 million, which were either (i) paid for on behalf of the Managers or (ii) reimbursed to the Managers by the Company. These costs are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity in the consolidated financial statements of the Company.
65

 
Indemnification of Directors and Officers; Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance
The current directors and officers of J.Crew and its subsidiaries are entitled under the Merger Agreement relating to the Acquisition to continued indemnification and insurance coverage.
Certain Charter and Bylaws Provisions
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions limiting directors’ obligations in respect of corporate opportunities. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law will not apply to the Company. Section 203 restricts “business combinations” between a corporation and “interested stockholders,” generally defined as stockholders owning 15% or more of the voting stock of a corporation.
Private Aircraft
Mr. Drexler travels extensively for Company business, including for purposes of site visitations to the Company’s stores. For purposes of business efficiency, Mr. Drexler uses his private airplane. Mr. Drexler’s airplane is owned by an entity which he controls. We pay an established charter rate to a third-party commercial aircraft operator for business use of his airplane. Mr. Drexler also has a fractional interest in a helicopter and we reimburse him for business use of the helicopter at an established rate. The audit committee has reviewed the terms of these arrangements to ensure they are at, or below, market and in the best interests of the Company. During fiscal 2014, we paid $1,306,100 pursuant to these arrangements.
Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons
The Board has adopted a written policy regarding the approval or ratification of all transactions required to be reported under the SEC’s rules regarding transactions with related persons. In accordance with this policy, the audit committee of the Board will evaluate each related person transaction for the purpose of recommending to the disinterested members of the Board that the transactions are fair, reasonable and within Company policy, and should be ratified and approved by the Board. At least annually, management will provide the audit committee with information pertaining to related person transactions. The audit committee will consider each related person transaction in light of all relevant factors and the controls implemented to protect the interests of the Company and its stockholders. Relevant factors will include:
·	the benefits of the transaction to the Company;	

·	the terms of the transaction and whether they are arm’s-length and in the ordinary course of the Company’s business;	

·	the direct or indirect nature of the related person’s interest in the transaction;	

·	the size and expected term of the transaction; and	

·	other facts and circumstances that bear on the materiality of the related person transaction under applicable law.	
Approval by the Board of any related person transaction involving a director will also be made in accordance with applicable law and the Company’s organizational documents as from time to time in effect. Where a vote of the disinterested directors is required, such vote will be called only following full disclosure to such directors of the facts and circumstances of the relevant related person transaction. Related person transactions entered into, but not approved or ratified as required by the Board’s policy, will be subject to termination by the Company (or any relevant subsidiary), if so directed by the audit committee or the Board, as applicable, taking into account such factors as such body deems appropriate and relevant.
 
ITEM  14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.	
During fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, KMPG LLP served as our independent registered public accounting firm and in that capacity rendered an unqualified opinion on our consolidated financial statements as of and for the three years ended January 31, 2015.
66

 
The following table sets forth the aggregate fees billed or expected to be billed to us by our independent registered public accounting firm in each of the last two fiscal years:
 
 	  	Fiscal 2014	 	  	Fiscal 2013	 	
Audit fees	  	$	1,470,500	  	  	$	1,575,500	  	
Audit-related fees	  	 	—	  	  	 	100,000	  	
Tax fees	  	 	114,000	  	  	 	101,000	  	
Total fees	  	$	1,584,500	  	  	$	1,776,500	  	
Audit Fees
These amounts represent fees billed or expected to be billed by KPMG LLP for professional services rendered for the audits of the Company’s annual financial statements for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 and the reviews of the financial statements included in the Company’s quarterly reports on Form 10-Q.
Audit-Related Fees
This amount represents fees billed by KPMG LLP for professional services rendered that were not included under “Audit Fees.” Audit-Related Fees in fiscal 2013 were related to procedures performed in connection with debt issuance.
Tax Fees
This amount represents fees billed or expected to be billed by KPMG LLP for professional services rendered in connection with sales and use tax compliance.
Auditor Independence
The audit committee has considered whether the provision of the above-noted services is compatible with maintaining the auditor’s independence and has determined that the provision of such services has not adversely affected the auditor’s independence.
Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permitted Non-Audit Services
The audit committee has established policies and procedures regarding the pre-approval of audit and other services that our independent auditor may perform for us. Under the policy, the audit committee has pre-approved the engagement of our independent auditors to perform specific audit, audit related, tax and other non-audit services, subject to the fee limits established from time to time by the Audit Committee, as being consistent with auditor independence.  The provision of all other services, and all generally pre-approved services in excess of the applicable fee limits, by the independent registered public accounting firm must be specifically pre-approved by the Audit Committee on a case-by-case basis.  Management updates the Audit Committee at regularly scheduled meetings about the pre-approved services performed by the independent registered public accounting firm since the last Audit Committee meeting.  Requests to provide services that required separate approval by the Audit Committee  must be submitted to the Audit Committee by both the independent registered public accounting firm and the Chief Financial Officer and must include a joint statement as to whether, in their view, the request is consistent with the SEC’s and the PCAOB’s rules on auditor independence.  The Audit Committee may delegate pre-approval authority to one of its members and has currently delegated such authority to the Audit Committee’s Chair.  All pre-approved decisions made by the Chair must be reported to the full Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting.
For fiscal 2014, the Audit Committee established fee limits on pre-approved services outside the scope of the pre-approved annual audit engagement of up to $150,000 in the aggregate for statutory audits or financial audits for subsidiaries of the Company; up to $20,000 for audits of the Company’s 401(k) Savings Plan; up to $100,000 for sales and use tax compliance; and up to $250,000 for services associated with SEC registration statements, periodic reports and other documents filed with the SEC or other documents issued in connection with securities offerings and assistance in responding to SEC comment letters.
The audit committee is governed by a written charter, which is available free of charge on the investor relations section of our website at www.jcrew.com or upon written request to the Secretary of the Company, J.Crew Group, Inc., 770 Broadway, New York, New York 10003. The audit committee held six meetings in fiscal 2014.
 
67

 
PART IV
 
ITEM  15.	EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.	

(a)	Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules. See “Index to Financial Statements” which is located on page F-1 of this report.	

(b)	Exhibits. See the exhibit index which is included herein.	

 
68

 
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 	 	J.CREW GROUP, INC.
 	
Date: March 17, 2015	 	By:	 	/S/    MILLARD DREXLER	
 	 	 	 	Millard Drexler
Chief Executive Officer	
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated, on March 12, 2015.
 
Signature	 	Title	
 	 	 	
/S/ MILLARD DREXLER	 	Chairman of the Board, 	
Millard Drexler	 	Chief Executive Officer and a Director	
 	 	(Principal Executive Officer)	
 	 	 	
/S/ JOAN DURKIN	 	Interim Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and	
Joan Durkin	 	Accounting Officer)	
 	 	 	
*	 	Director	
James Coulter	 	 	
 	 	 	
*	 	Director	
John Danhakl	 	 	
 	 	 	
*	 	Director	
Jonathan Sokoloff	 	 	
 	 	 	
*	 	Director	
Stephen Squeri	 	 	
 	 	 	
*	 	Director	
Carrie Wheeler	 	 	
 
*By:	/S/    JOAN DURKIN	
 	Joan Durkin	
 	Attorney-in-Fact	

 
69

 
J.Crew Group, Inc.
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements	 	 	
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	  	F–2	
Consolidated Balance Sheets at January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014	 	F–3	
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013	 	F–4	
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013	 	F–5	
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013	 	F–6	
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	 	F–7	
Financial Statement Schedules	 	 	
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014,
and February 2, 2013	 	F–26	

 
F-1

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
J.Crew Group, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of J.Crew Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year period ended January 31, 2015. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited financial statement schedule II. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of J.Crew Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year period ended January 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.  
/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
March 17, 2015

 
F-2

 
J.CREW GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share data)
 
 	  	January 31,
2015	 	 	February 1,
2014	 	
ASSETS	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	  	$	111,097	  	 	$	156,649	  	
Merchandise inventories	  	 	367,851	  	 	 	353,976	  	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	  	 	60,734	  	 	 	56,434	  	
Deferred income taxes, net	  	 	19,280	  	 	 	11,831	  	
Prepaid income taxes	  	 	—	  	 	 	2,782	  	
Total current assets	  	 	558,962	  	 	 	581,672	  	
Property and equipment, at cost	  	 	593,410	  	 	 	495,659	  	
Less accumulated depreciation	  	 	(188,958	) 	 	 	(120,567	) 	
Property and equipment, net	  	 	404,452	  	 	 	375,092	  	
Deferred financing costs, net	  	 	22,883	  	 	 	41,911	  	
Intangible assets, net	  	 	836,608	  	 	 	992,735	  	
Goodwill	  	 	1,124,715	  	 	 	1,686,915	  	
Other assets	  	 	3,993	  	 	 	3,895	  	
Total assets	  	$	2,951,613	  	 	$	3,682,220	  	
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable	  	$	244,367	  	 	$	237,019	  	
Other current liabilities	  	 	155,697	  	 	 	154,796	  	
Interest payable	  	 	5,408	  	 	 	18,065	  	
Income taxes payable	  	 	3,192	  	 	 	—	  	
Current portion of long-term debt	  	 	15,670	  	 	 	12,000	  	
Total current liabilities	  	 	424,334	  	 	 	421,880	  	
Long-term debt, net	  	 	1,532,769	  	 	 	1,555,000	  	
Lease-related deferred credits, net	  	 	112,153	  	 	 	93,788	  	
Deferred income taxes, net	  	 	323,767	  	 	 	389,403	  	
Other liabilities	  	 	42,566	  	 	 	31,729	  	
Total liabilities	  	 	2,435,589	  	 	 	2,491,800	  	
Stockholders’ equity:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common stock $0.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding	  	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Additional paid-in capital	  	 	1,014,930	  	 	 	1,008,984	  	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	  	 	(10,053	) 	 	 	(15,184	) 	
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)	  	 	(488,853	)  	 	 	196,620	  	
Total stockholders’ equity	  	 	516,024	  	 	 	1,190,420	  	
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	  	$	2,951,613	  	 	$	3,682,220	  	

 

 

 

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

 
J.CREW GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in thousands)
 
 	  	For the Year Ended	 	
 	  	January 31,
2015	 	 	February 1,
2014	 	 	February 2,
2013(a)	 	
Revenues:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	  	$	2,540,449	  	 	$	2,394,085	  	 	$	2,198,099	  	
Other	  	 	39,246	  	 	 	34,172	  	 	 	29,618	  	
Total revenues	  	 	2,579,695	  	 	 	2,428,257	  	 	 	2,227,717	  	
Cost of goods sold, including buying and occupancy costs	  	 	1,608,777	  	 	 	1,422,143	  	 	 	1,240,989	  	
Gross profit	  	 	970,918	  	 	 	1,006,114	  	 	 	986,728	  	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	  	 	845,953	  	 	 	754,345	  	 	 	732,439	  	
Impairment losses	 	 	709,985	 	 	 	1,874	 	 	 	631	 	
Income (loss) from operations	  	 	(585,020	)  	 	 	249,895	  	 	 	253,658	  	
Interest expense, net	 	 	74,352	 	 	 	104,221	 	 	 	101,684	 	
Loss on refinancings	  	 	58,960	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Income (loss) before income taxes	  	 	(718,332	)  	 	 	145,674	  	 	 	151,974	  	
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	(60,559	)  	 	 	57,550	  	 	 	55,887	  	
Net income (loss)	  	$	(657,773	)  	 	$	88,124	  	 	$	96,087	  	
Other comprehensive income (loss):	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Reclassification of realized losses on cash flow hedges, net of tax, to earnings	  	 	13,652	 	 	 	7,339	  	 	 	—	  	
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge, net of tax	  	 	(10,634	) 	 	 	(802	) 	 	 	(1,226	) 	
Foreign currency translation adjustments	  	 	2,113	 	 	 	(1,532	)  	 	 	—	  	
Comprehensive income (loss)	  	$	(652,642	)  	 	$	93,129	  	 	$	94,861	 	
 
(a)	consists of 53 weeks	

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
F-4

 
J.CREW GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
(in thousands, except shares)
 
 	 	 	 	 	Additional
paid-in
capital	 	 	Retained
earnings
(accumulated
deficit)	 	 	Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss	 	 	Total
stockholders’
equity	 	 	
 	 	Common Stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Shares	 	 	Amount	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at January 28, 2012	 	 	1,000	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	1,183,606	 	 	$	12,409	 	 	$	(18,963	)	 	$	1,177,052	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	 	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	96,087	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	96,087	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Share-based compensation	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	5,284	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	5,284	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Contribution from Parent, net	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	11,744	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	11,744	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Dividend	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(197,450	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(197,450	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges, net of tax of $784	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1,226	)	 	 	(1,226	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at February 2, 2013	 	 	1,000	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	1,003,184	 	 	$	108,496	 	 	$	(20,189	)	 	$	1,091,491	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	88,124	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	88,124	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Share-based compensation	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	5,784	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	5,784	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Excess tax benefit from share-based
awards	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	728	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	728	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Dividend and contribution to Parent	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(712	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(712	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Reclassification of realized losses on cash flow hedges, net of tax, to earnings	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	7,339	 	 	 	7,339	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges, net of tax of $513	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(802	)	 	 	(802	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency translation adjustments	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1,532	)	 	 	(1,532	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at February 1, 2014	 	 	1,000	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	1,008,984	 	 	$	196,620	 	 	$	(15,184	)	 	$	1,190,420	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(657,773	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(657,773	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Share-based compensation	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	5,968	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	5,968	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Excess tax benefit from share-based
awards	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	8	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	8	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Dividend and contribution to Parent	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(30	)	 	 	(27,700	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(27,730	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Reclassification of realized losses on cash flow hedges, net of tax, to earnings	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	13,652	 	 	 	13,652	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges, net of tax of $6,799	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(10,634	)	 	 	(10,634	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency translation adjustments	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,113	 	 	 	2,113	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at January 31, 2015	 	 	1,000	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	1,014,930	 	 	$	(488,853	)	 	$	(10,053	)	 	$	516,024	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 

 

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
F-5

 
J.CREW GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
 
 	  	For the Year Ended	 	
 	  	January 31,
2015	 	 	February 1,
2014	 	 	February 2,
2013	 	
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	  	$	(657,773	)  	 	$	88,124	  	 	$	96,087	  	
Adjustments to reconcile to cash flows from operating activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Impairment losses	  	 	709,985	  	 	 	1,874	  	 	 	631	  	
Depreciation of property and equipment	  	 	93,458	  	 	 	77,520	  	 	 	71,840	  	
Loss on refinancings	  	 	58,960	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Amortization of intangible assets	  	 	15,944	  	 	 	17,886	  	 	 	23,631	  	
Share-based compensation	  	 	5,968	  	 	 	5,784	  	 	 	5,284	  	
Amortization of deferred financing costs	  	 	5,657	  	 	 	9,940	  	 	 	9,606	  	
Foreign currency transaction losses	  	 	5,480	  	 	 	389	  	 	 	—	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	(75,015	) 	 	 	(5,234	) 	 	 	(8,945	) 	
Realized hedging losses	  	 	—	  	 	 	12,131	  	 	 	—	  	
Excess tax benefits from share-based awards	  	 	(8	) 	 	 	(728	) 	 	 	—	  	
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Merchandise inventories	  	 	(15,071	) 	 	 	(88,935	) 	 	 	(22,969	) 	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	  	 	(4,585	) 	 	 	(5,280	) 	 	 	(3,053	) 	
Other assets	  	 	(832	)  	 	 	(2,021	)  	 	 	655	  	
Accounts payable and other liabilities	  	 	4,934	  	 	 	108,658	  	 	 	29,930	  	
Federal and state income taxes	  	 	11,016	 	 	 	12,417	 	 	 	(8,474	) 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	  	 	158,118	  	 	 	232,525	  	 	 	194,223	  	
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Capital expenditures	  	 	(127,874	) 	 	 	(131,440	) 	 	 	(132,010	) 	
Other investing activities	  	 	(4,817	) 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	  	 	(132,691	) 	 	 	(131,440	) 	 	 	(132,010	) 	
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Proceeds from Term Loan Facility, net of discount	  	 	1,559,165	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	  	
Repayments of former term loan	  	 	(1,167,000	) 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	  	
Redemption of Senior Notes	  	 	(400,000	) 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	  	
Costs paid in connection with refinancings of debt	  	 	(22,182	) 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(2,728	) 	
Dividend and contribution to Parent	  	 	(27,730	) 	 	 	(712	) 	 	 	(197,938	) 	
Excess tax benefit from share-based awards	  	 	8	 	 	 	728	 	 	 	—	  	
Principal repayments of Term Loan Facility	  	 	(11,753	) 	 	 	(12,000	) 	 	 	(15,000	) 	
Net cash used in financing activities	  	 	(69,492	) 	 	 	(11,984	) 	 	 	(215,666	) 	
Effects of changes in foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents	  	 	(1,487	) 	 	 	(851	) 	 	 	—	 	
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	  	 	(45,552	) 	 	 	88,250	 	 	 	(153,453	) 	
Beginning balance	  	 	156,649	  	 	 	68,399	  	 	 	221,852	  	
Ending balance	  	$	111,097	  	 	$	156,649	  	 	$	68,399	  	
Supplemental cash flow information:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income taxes paid	  	$	3,985	  	 	$	53,427	  	 	$	74,088	  	
Interest paid	  	$	92,973	 	 	$	92,195	 	 	$	99,227	  	
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

 
J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
(a) Basis of Presentation
J.Crew Group, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries (the “Company” or “Group”) was acquired (the “Acquisition”) on March 7, 2011 through a merger with a subsidiary of Chinos Holdings, Inc. (the “Parent”). The Parent was formed by investment funds affiliated with TPG Capital, L.P. (“TPG”) and Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. (“LGP” and together with TPG, the “Sponsors”). Subsequent to the Acquisition, Group became an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, which is owned by affiliates of the Sponsors, co-investors and members of management. Prior to March 7, 2011, the Company operated as a public company with its common stock traded on the New York Stock Exchange.
All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
(b) Business
The Company designs, contracts for the manufacture of, markets and sells women’s, men’s and children’s apparel, shoes and accessories under the J.Crew and Madewell brand names. The Company’s products are marketed primarily in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom and Hong Kong through its retail and factory stores, and its websites and catalogs.
The Company is subject to seasonal fluctuations in its merchandise sales and results of operations. The Company expects its revenues generally to be lower in the first and second quarters than in the third and fourth quarters (which includes the holiday season) of each fiscal year.
A significant amount of the Company’s products are produced in Asia through arrangements with independent contractors. As a result, the Company’s operations could be adversely affected by political instability resulting in the disruption of trade from the countries in which these contractors are located or by the imposition of additional duties or regulations relating to imports or by the contractor’s inability to meet the Company’s production requirements.
(c) Fiscal Year
The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31. The fiscal years 2014, 2013, and 2012, ended on January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014, and February 2, 2013, respectively. Fiscal years 2014 and 2013 consisted of 52 weeks and fiscal 2012 consisted of 53 weeks.
(d) Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements
Management is required to make estimates and assumptions about future events in preparing financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of loss contingencies at the date of the consolidated financial statements. While management believes that past estimates and assumptions have been materially accurate, current estimates are subject to change if different assumptions as to the outcome of future events are made. Management evaluates estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis and predicates those estimates and judgments on historical experience and on reasonable factors. Since future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute certainty, actual results may differ from the estimates used in preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
(e) Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized at the point of sale in the stores, and at an estimated date of receipt by the customer in the e-commerce business. Prices for all merchandise are listed in the Company’s websites and catalogs and are confirmed with the customer upon order. The customer has no cancellation privileges other than customary rights of return. The Company accrues a sales return allowance for estimated returns of merchandise that will occur subsequent to the balance sheet date, but relate to sales prior to the balance sheet date. The Company presents taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities on a net basis on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
F-7

J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
A liability is recognized at the time a gift card is sold, and revenue is recognized at the time the gift card is redeemed for merchandise. Revenue is deferred and a liability is recognized for gift cards issued in connection with the Company’s customer loyalty program. Any unredeemed loyalty gift cards are recognized as income in the period in which they expire.
Amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling fees are recorded in other revenues. Other revenues also include (i) income from unredeemed gift cards, estimated based on Company specific historical trends, which amounted to $4,101 in fiscal 2014, $3,663 in fiscal 2013, and $2,508 in fiscal 2012, and (ii) revenues from third party resellers, which amounted to $9,012 in fiscal 2014, $8,565 in fiscal 2013, and $5,934 in fiscal 2012.
(f) Merchandise Inventories
Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or market. The Company capitalizes certain design, purchasing and warehousing costs in inventory and these costs are included in cost of goods sold as the inventories are sold.
(g) Advertising and Catalog Costs
Direct response advertising, which consists primarily of catalog production and mailing costs, are capitalized and amortized over the expected future revenue stream. Amortization of capitalized advertising costs is computed using the ratio of current period revenues for the catalog cost pool to the total of current and estimated future period revenues for that catalog cost pool. The capitalized costs of direct response advertising are amortized, commencing with the date catalogs are mailed, over the duration of the expected revenue stream, which is approximately two months. Deferred catalog costs, included in prepaid expenses and other current assets, as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014 were $8,566 and $8,117, respectively. Catalog costs, which are reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses, were $47,372 in fiscal 2014, $51,607 in fiscal 2013, and $44,525 in fiscal 2012.
All other advertising costs, which are expensed as incurred, were $63,278 in fiscal 2014, $51,545 in fiscal 2013, and $39,093 in fiscal 2012.
(h) Lease-Related Deferred Credits
Rental payments under operating leases are charged to expense on a straight-line basis after consideration of rent holidays, step rent provisions and escalation clauses. Differences between rental expense (recognized from the date of possession) and actual rental payments are recorded as deferred rent and included in deferred credits.
The Company receives construction allowances upon entering into certain store leases. These construction allowances are recorded as deferred credits and are amortized as a reduction of rent expense over the term of the related lease. Deferred construction allowances were $67,485 and $51,849 at January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, respectively.
Deferred credits were eliminated in the allocation of purchase price on March 7, 2011. Deferred credits as of January 31, 2015 reflect deferred rent and lease incentives for properties which the Company took possession subsequent to the Acquisition. Additionally, in the allocation of purchase price, the Company recorded liabilities for unfavorable lease commitments, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining lease life.
(k) Share-Based Compensation
The fair value of employee share-based awards is recognized as compensation expense on a straight line basis over the requisite service period of the award. Determining the fair value of options at the grant date requires judgment, including estimating the expected term that stock options will be outstanding prior to exercise, the associated volatility and the expected dividend yield. Upon grant of awards, the Company also estimates an amount of forfeitures that will occur prior to vesting. See note 4 for a complete description of the accounting for share-based awards.
F-8

J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
(j) Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated over the estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Buildings and improvements are depreciated over estimated useful lives of twenty years. Furniture, fixtures and equipment are depreciated over estimated useful lives, ranging from three to ten years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their useful lives or related lease terms (without consideration of optional renewal periods).
The Company capitalizes certain costs (included in fixtures and equipment) related to the acquisition and development of software and amortizes these costs using the straight line method over the estimated useful life of the software, which is three to five years. Certain development costs not meeting the criteria for capitalization are expensed as incurred.
Property and equipment was increased to its fair market value in the allocation of purchase price on March 7, 2011. The revised carrying values of the property and equipment are depreciated over their remaining useful lives.
(k) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company assesses the recoverability of such assets based upon estimated cash flow forecasts. Charges for impairment of long-lived assets were $2,785 in fiscal 2014, $1,874 in fiscal 2013, and $631 in fiscal 2012. See notes 3 and 9 for more information regarding impairment of long-lived assets.
(l) Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using an asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are recognized based on the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred taxes are measured using current enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse. The provision for income taxes includes taxes currently payable and deferred taxes resulting from the tax effects of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities.
The Company maintains valuation allowances where it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Changes in the valuation allowances are included in the Company’s tax provision in the period of change. In determining whether a valuation allowance is warranted, the Company evaluates factors such as prior earnings history, expected future earnings, carry-back and carry-forward periods and tax strategies that could potentially enhance the likelihood of the realization of a deferred tax asset.
With respect to uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return, the Company recognizes in its financial statements the impact of tax positions that meet a “more likely than not” threshold, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized from uncertain positions are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon effective settlement.
The Company recognizes interest expense and income related to income taxes as a component of interest expense, and penalties as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses.
(m) Segment Information
The Company has two operating segments, J.Crew and Madewell, which are aggregated into one reportable segment. The Company’s identifiable assets are located primarily in the United States. Export sales are not significant.
(n) Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid marketable securities, with maturities of 90 days or less when purchased, to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents, which were $83,401 and $126,002 at January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, respectively, are stated at cost, which approximates market value.
F-9

J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
(o) Operating Expenses
Cost of goods sold (including buying and occupancy costs) includes the direct cost of purchased merchandise, freight, design, buying and production costs, occupancy costs related to store operations, and all shipping and handling and delivery costs.
Selling, general and administrative expenses include all operating expenses not included in cost of goods sold, primarily catalog production and mailing costs, administrative payroll, store expenses other than occupancy costs, depreciation and amortization, certain warehousing expenses (aggregating to $43,442 in fiscal 2014, $36,149 in fiscal 2013 and $29,673 in fiscal 2012) and credit card fees.
(p) Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the related debt agreements. The amortization is included in interest expense, net.
(q) Store Pre-opening Costs
Costs associated with the opening of new stores are expensed as incurred.
(r) Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The Acquisition of the Company was accounted for as a purchase business combination, whereby the purchase price paid was allocated to recognize the acquired assets and liabilities at fair value. In connection with the purchase price allocation, intangible assets were established for the J.Crew and Madewell trade names, loyalty program, customer lists and favorable lease commitments. The purchase price in excess of the fair value of assets and liabilities was recorded as goodwill, which consists primarily of intangible assets related to the knowhow, design and merchandising of the Company’s brands that do not qualify for separate recognition.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets, such as the J.Crew trade name and goodwill, are not subject to amortization. The Company assesses the recoverability of indefinite-lived intangibles whenever there are indicators of impairment, or at least annually in the fourth quarter. If the recorded carrying value of an intangible asset exceeds its estimated fair value, the Company records a charge to write the intangible asset down to its fair value. Definite-lived intangibles, such as the Madewell trade name, loyalty program, customer lists and favorable lease commitments, are amortized on a straight line basis over their useful life or remaining lease term. See note 3 for more information regarding goodwill and intangible assets of the Company.
The Company assesses the recoverability of goodwill at the reporting unit level, which consists of its operating segments, J.Crew and Madewell. In this assessment, the Company first compares the estimated enterprise fair value of each of the reporting units to its recorded carrying value. The Company estimates the enterprise fair value based on a combination of an income approach, specifically the discounted cash flow, a market approach, and a transaction approach. If the recorded carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated enterprise fair value in the first step, a second step is performed in which the Company allocates the enterprise fair value to the fair value of the reporting unit’s net assets. The second step of the impairment testing process requires, among other things, estimates of fair values of substantially all of the Company’s tangible and intangible assets. Any enterprise fair value in excess of amounts allocated to such net assets represents the implied fair value of goodwill for that reporting unit. If the recorded goodwill balance for a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded to write goodwill down to its fair value.
In fiscal 2014, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $710 million. See note 3 for more information regarding impairment of goodwill and intangible assets.
(s) Dividends
Dividends are recorded at the declaration date as a reduction of retained earnings included in stockholders’ equity. If the amount of the dividend exceeds retained earnings, the dividend is recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.
F-10

J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
(t) Foreign Currency Translation
The financial statements of the Company’s foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars.  Assets and liabilities are translated at current exchange rates as of the balance sheet date, equity accounts at historical exchange rates, while revenue and expense accounts are translated at the average rates in effect during the year. Translation adjustments are not included in determining net income, but are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss within stockholders’ equity. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, foreign currency translation adjustments resulted in accumulated gains of $2,113 and accumulated losses of $1,532, respectively. Foreign currency transaction losses included in operating results were $5.5 million in fiscal 2014 and $0.4 in fiscal 2013. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses were not material in fiscal 2012.
(u) Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company enters into interest rate swap and cap agreements to manage a portion of its interest rate risk related to floating rate indebtedness. As cash flow hedges, unrealized gains are recognized as assets while unrealized losses are recognized as liabilities. The interest rate swap agreements are highly correlated to the changes in interest rates to which the Company is exposed. Unrealized gains and losses on these instruments are designated as effective or ineffective. The effective portion of such gains or losses is recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, while the ineffective portion of such gains or losses will be recorded as a component of interest expense. Future realized gains and losses in connection with each required interest payment will be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income or loss to interest expense.
(v) Reclassification
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

2. Management Services Agreement
Pursuant to a management services agreement entered into in connection with the Acquisition, and in exchange for on-going consulting and management advisory services, the Sponsors receive an aggregate annual monitoring fee prepaid quarterly equal to the greater of (i) 40 basis points of consolidated annual revenues or (ii) $8 million. The Sponsors also receive reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with services provided pursuant to the agreement. The Company recorded an expense of $10.4 million in fiscal 2014, $9.9 million in fiscal 2013, and $9.1 million in fiscal 2012 for monitoring fees and out-of-pocket expenses, included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
 
3. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
A summary of the significant components of intangible assets is as follows:
 
 	  	Loyalty 
Program and
Customer Lists	 	 	Favorable Lease
Commitments	 	 	Madewell
Trade Name	 	 	Key Money	 	  	J.Crew Trade
Name	 	
Balance at February 2, 2013	  	$	16,075	  	 	$	35,104	  	 	$	74,142	  	 	$	—	  	  	$	885,300	  	
Amortization expense	  	 	(5,242	) 	 	 	(8,544	) 	 	 	(4,100	) 	 	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	
Balance at February 1, 2014	  	 	10,833	  	 	 	26,560	  	 	 	70,042	  	 	 	—	  	  	 	885,300	  	
Additions	  	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	4,817	  	  	 	—	  	
Amortization expense	  	 	(5,200	) 	 	 	(6,551	) 	 	 	(4,100	) 	 	 	(93	)  	  	 	—	  	
Impairment losses	  	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	  	  	 	(145,000	)  	
Balance at January 31, 2015	  	$	5,633	  	 	$	20,009	  	 	$	65,942	  	 	$	4,724	  	  	$	740,300	  	
Total accumulated amortization at January 31,
2015	  	$	(21,377	) 	 	$	(41,001	) 	 	$	(16,058	) 	 	$ 	(93	) 	  	 	 	 	
Estimated amortization expense of intangible assets for the next five fiscal years is as follows: $15 million (fiscal 2015), $10 million (fiscal 2016), $9 million (fiscal 2017), $7 million (fiscal 2018), and $5 million (fiscal 2019).
F-11

J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
A summary of goodwill is as follows:
 
 	 	Goodwill	 	
Balance at February 2, 2013	 	$	1,686,915	 	
Impairment losses	 	 	—	 	
Balance at February 1, 2014	 	 	1,686,915	 	
Impairment losses	 	 	(562,200	) 	
Balance at January 31, 2015	 	$	1,124,715	 	
 
During the first half of fiscal 2014, the Company determined that there was substantial deterioration in the excess of fair value over the carrying value of its Stores reporting unit.   During the third quarter, the Company saw a further significant reduction in the profitability of its Stores reporting unit, primarily driven by performance of women’s apparel and accessories in stores. As a result of current and expected future operating results, the Company concluded that the carrying value of the Stores reporting unit exceeded its fair value and recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $562 million. Additionally, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $145 million to write down the intangible asset related to the J.Crew trade name. If operating results continue to decline below the Company’s expectations, additional impairment charges may be recorded in the future.
 
The impairment losses were the result of the write-down of the following assets:
 
 	For the
Year Ended
January 31, 
2015	 	 	For the
Year Ended
February 1, 
2014	 	For the
Year Ended
February 2, 
2013	 	
Goodwill allocated to the Stores reporting unit	$	562,200	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	
Intangible asset related to the J.Crew trade name	 	145,000	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	
Store leasehold improvements (see note 9)	 	2,785	 	 	1,874	 	 	631	 	
Impairment losses	$	709,985	 	$	1,874	 	$	631	 	
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company changed its operating segments and reporting units to align with its omni-channel strategy, which focuses on a seamless approach to the customer experience through all available sales channels. Prior to such change, as a multi-channel retailer, the Company allocated resources to its channels, Stores and Direct. As an omni-channel retailer, the Company now allocates resources to its brands. Therefore, the Company has determined its operating segments to be J.Crew and Madewell, which have been aggregated into one reportable segment. The remaining goodwill on the Company’s balance sheet at January 31, 2015 is allocated to the reporting units as follows:
 
(Dollars in millions)	  	Goodwill	 	
J.Crew	  	$	1,017	  	
Madewell	  	 	108	  	
Total	  	$	1,125	  	

4. Share Based Compensation
Chinos Holdings, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan
On March 4, 2011, the Parent adopted the Chinos Holdings, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”), which authorizes equity awards to be granted for up to 91,740,627 shares of the common stock of the Parent, of which options for 64,383,462 shares have been issued to certain members of management and are outstanding at January 31, 2015, including (i) 35,851,807 options with a weighted average exercise price of $0.42 that become exercisable over the requisite service period and (ii) 28,531,655 options with a weighted average exercise price of $0.32 that only become exercisable when certain owners of the Parent receive a specified level of cash proceeds, as defined in the equity incentive plan, from the sale of their initial investment. The options have terms of up to ten years and become exercisable over a period up to seven years.
F-12

J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
Accounting for Share-Based Compensation
The fair value of the time-based awards is recognized as compensation expense on a straight line basis over the requisite service period of the award, included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The fair value of the options exercisable when certain owners of the Parent receive a specified level of cash proceeds will not be recognized until such event occurs. Determining the fair value of options at the grant date requires judgment, including estimating the expected term that stock options will be outstanding prior to exercise, the associated volatility, and the expected dividend yield. At grant date, the Company estimates an amount of forfeitures that will occur prior to vesting.
The fair value of stock options was estimated at the date of grant using an option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
 
Option Valuation Assumptions	  	Fiscal 2014	 	Fiscal 2013	 	Fiscal 2012	 	
Risk-free interest rates(1)	  	 	3.1	% 	 	2.9	% 	 	2.6	% 	
Dividend yield	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	 	—	  	
Expected volatility(2)	  	 	56.1	% 	 	53.6	% 	 	44.2	% 	
Expected term(3)	 	 	6.0	 	 	5.4	 	 	6.4	 	
 
(1)	Based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.	

(2)	Based on average volatility of stock prices of companies in a peer group analysis.	

(3)	Represents the period of time (in years) options are expected to be outstanding.	
Accounting for Option Modification
On December 21, 2012, the Company paid a dividend of $197.5 million to stockholders of record of the Parent on December 17, 2012. In conjunction with the declaration and payment of the dividend, the Board of Directors of the Company, at its discretion, approved a modification of certain outstanding vested and unvested options in the form of a reduced exercise price to $0.78 from $1.00. As a result of the modification, the Company recorded additional share-based compensation based on the difference between the fair value of the options immediately preceding and immediately following the modification. The incremental fair value of $0.9 million attributable to vested options was recognized in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012. The incremental fair value of $3.0 million attributable to unvested options will be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 3.0 years.
On November 5, 2013, in connection with a recapitalization of the Parent (used to fund a cash dividend of $484 million to the equity holders of Parent and dividend equivalent compensation payments of $6.1 million to certain equity-award holders of Parent), the Board of Directors of the Company approved a modification of certain outstanding vested and unvested options in the form of $0.53 reduction in the exercise price. As the modification was required under the 2011 Plan, no incremental share-based compensation was recorded. For more information with respect to the recapitalization of the Parent see note 14.
As of January 31, 2015, there was $5.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options that is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.8 years. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted was $0.37. Expense associated with the options exercisable when certain owners of the Parent receive a specified level of cash proceeds will not be recognized until that event occurs.
F-13

J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
A summary of stock option activity under the 2011 Plan is as follows:
 
 	  	Shares	 	 	Weighted Average
Exercise Price	 	  	Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term	 	  	Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	(in years)	 	  	(in millions)	 	
Outstanding at February 1, 2014	  	 	61,902,062	  	 	$	0.30	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Granted	  	 	5,630,000	  	 	$	0.54	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Exercised	  	 	(437,600	) 	 	$	0.25	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Forfeited	  	 	(2,711,000	) 	 	$	0.34	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Outstanding at January 31, 2015	  	 	64,383,462	  	 	$	0.32	  	  	 	8.4	  	  	$	—	  	
Exercisable at January 31, 2015	  	 	14,268,289	  	 	$	0.27	  	  	 	4.4	  	  	$	—	  	
Expected to vest at January 31, 2015	  	 	47,950,063	  	 	$	0.34	  	  	 	6.9	  	  	$	—	  	
A summary of stock option vesting activity under the 2011 Plan is as follows:
 
 	  	Shares	 	 	Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value	 	
Unvested at February 1, 2014	  	 	57,021,522	  	 	$	0.48	  	
Granted	  	 	5,630,000	  	 	$	0.37	  	
Vested	  	 	(9,930,348	) 	 	$	0.47	  	
Forfeited	  	 	(2,606,000	) 	 	$	0.44	  	
Unvested at January 31, 2015	  	 	50,115,174	  	 	$	0.46	  	
A summary of the shares available for grant as stock options or other share-based awards under the 2011 Plan is as follows:
 
 	  	Shares	 	
Available for grant at February 1, 2014	  	 	16,665,058	  	
Granted	  	 	(5,752,988	) 	
Forfeited and available for reissuance	  	 	2,711,000	  	
Available for grant at January 31, 2015	  	 	13,623,070	  	
A summary of stock option activity for awards rolled over by management during the Acquisition is as follows:
 
 	  	Shares	 	 	Weighted Average
Exercise Price	 	  	Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term	 	  	Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	(in years)	 	  	(in millions)	 	
Outstanding at February 1, 2014	  	 	2,374,108	  	 	$	0.25	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Exercised	  	 	—	 	 	$	—	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Forfeited	  	 	—	 	 	$	—	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Outstanding at January 31, 2015	  	 	2,374,108	  	 	$	0.25	  	  	 	6.1	  	  	$	—	  	
Exercisable at January 31, 2015	  	 	2,374,108	  	 	$	0.25	  	  	 	6.1	  	  	$	—	  	

F-14

J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
5. Property and Equipment
A summary of property and equipment, net is as follows:
 
 	  	January 31,
2015	 	 	February 1,
2014	 	
Land	  	$	3,784	  	 	$	3,784	  	
Buildings and improvements	  	 	29,118	  	 	 	29,494	  	
Fixtures and equipment	  	 	257,323	  	 	 	209,015	  	
Leasehold improvements	  	 	275,541	  	 	 	231,715	  	
Asset retirement obligations	  	 	83	  	 	 	—	  	
Construction in progress	  	 	27,561	  	 	 	21,651	  	
 	  	 	593,410	  	 	 	495,659	  	
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	  	 	(188,958	) 	 	 	(120,567	) 	
 	  	$	404,452	  	 	$	375,092	  	
 
6. Other Current Liabilities
A summary of other current liabilities is as follows:
 
 	  	January 31,
2015	 	  	February 1,
2014	 	
Customer liabilities	  	$	40,885	  	  	$	39,250	  	
Reserve for sales returns	  	 	12,158	  	  	 	12,464	  	
Due to Parent	 	 	—	 	 	 	10,883	 	
Deferred revenue	 	 	8,566	 	 	 	8,240	 	
Accrued compensation	  	 	8,827	  	  	 	7,681	  	
Taxes, other than income taxes	  	 	6,593	  	  	 	6,212	  	
Accrued occupancy	  	 	3,398	  	  	 	3,782	  	
Other	  	 	75,270	  	  	 	66,284	  	
 	  	$	155,697	  	  	$	154,796	  	
 
7. Long-term Debt and Credit Agreements
A summary of long-term debt is as follows:
 
 	  	January 31,
2015	 	 	February 1,
2014	 	
Term Loan Facility (refinanced on March 5, 2014)	  	$	1,555,248	  	 	$	1,167,000	  	
Less: current portion	  	 	(15,670	)  	 	 	(12,000	)  	
Less: discount	  	 	(6,809	) 	 	 	—	 	
Term Loan Facility, net	  	 	1,532,769	  	 	 	1,155,000	  	
Senior Notes (redeemed on March 5, 2014)	  	 	—	  	 	 	400,000	  	
Long-term debt, net	  	$	1,532,769	  	 	$	1,555,000	  	
ABL Facility Loans	  	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	
ABL Facility
The ABL Facility is governed by an asset-based credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and the other agents and lenders party thereto, that provides for a $300 million senior secured asset-based revolving line of credit (which may be increased by up to $75 million in certain circumstances), subject to a borrowing base limitation. The ABL Facility includes borrowing capacity in the form of letters of credit up to the entire amount of the facility, and up to $25 million in U.S. dollars for loans on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans, and is available in U.S. dollars, Canadian dollars and Euros. On March 5, 2014, the
F-15

J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
ABL Facility was amended to, among other things, permit (i) the incurrence of additional secured indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility and (ii) the redemption in full of the Senior Notes. On December 10, 2014, the ABL Facility was further amended to among other things, (i) increase the revolving credit commitments from $250 million to $300 million, (ii) extend the maturity, and (iii) reduce the pricing on loans and letters of credit. Any amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility are due and payable in full on December 10, 2019.
Loans drawn under the ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at Group’s option, any of the following, plus, in each case, an applicable margin: (a) in the case of loans in U.S. dollars, a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A., (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (3) a LIBOR determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for an interest period of one month adjusted for certain additional costs, plus 1.00%; (b) in the case of loans in U.S. dollars or in Euros, a LIBOR determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits in the relevant currency for the interest period relevant to such loan adjusted for certain additional costs; (c) in the case of loans in Canadian dollars, the average offered rate for Canadian dollar bankers’ acceptances having an identical term of the applicable loan; and (d) in the case of loans in Canadian dollars, a fluctuating rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the average offered rate for 30 day Canadian dollar bankers’ acceptances plus 0.50% and (2) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. for loans in Canadian dollars. The applicable margin for loans under the ABL Facility varies based on Group’s average historical excess availability and ranges from 0.25% to 0.75% with respect to base rate loans and loans in Canadian dollars bearing interest at the rate described in the immediately preceding clause (d), and from 1.25% to 1.75% with respect to LIBOR loans and loans in Canadian dollars bearing interest at the rate described in the immediately preceding clause (c). In addition, Group is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum, in respect of the unutilized commitments under the ABL Facility, as well as customary letter of credit and agency fees.
All obligations under the ABL Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by Group’s immediate parent and certain of Group’s existing and future wholly owned domestic subsidiaries (referred to herein as the subsidiary guarantors) and are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of Group’s assets and the assets of Group’s immediate parent and the subsidiary guarantors, including, in each case subject to customary exceptions and exclusions:
·	a first-priority security interest in personal property consisting of accounts receivable, inventory, cash, deposit accounts (other than any designated deposit accounts containing solely the proceeds of collateral with respect to which the obligations under the ABL Facility have only a second-priority security interest), securities accounts, commodities accounts and certain assets related to the foregoing and, in each case, proceeds thereof (such property, the “Current Asset Collateral”);	

·	a second-priority pledge of all of Group’s capital stock directly held by Group’s immediate parent and a second priority pledge of all of the capital stock directly held by Group and any subsidiary guarantors (which pledge, in the case of the capital stock of each (a) domestic subsidiary that is directly owned by Group or by any subsidiary guarantor and that is a disregarded entity for United States Federal income tax purposes substantially all of the assets of which consist of equity interests in one or more foreign subsidiaries or (b) foreign subsidiary, is limited to 65% of the stock of such subsidiary); and	

·	a second-priority security interest in substantially all other tangible and intangible assets, including substantially all of the Company’s owned real property and intellectual property.	
The ABL Facility includes restrictions on Group’s ability and the ability of certain of its subsidiaries to, among other things, incur or guarantee additional indebtedness, pay dividends (including to the Parent) on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock, make certain acquisitions or investments, materially change its business, incur or permit to exist certain liens, enter into transactions with affiliates or sell its assets to, or merge or consolidate with or into, another company. In addition, from the time when excess availability under the ABL Facility is less than the greater of (a) 10.0% of the lesser of (1) the commitment amount and (2) the borrowing base and (b) $20 million, until the time when Group has excess availability under the ABL Facility equal to or greater than the greater of (a) 10.0% of the lesser of (1) the commitment amount and (2) the borrowing base and (b) $20 million for 30 consecutive days, the credit agreement governing the ABL Facility requires Group to maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the ABL Facility) tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, of not less than 1.0 to 1.0.
Although Group’s immediate parent is not generally subject to the negative covenants under the ABL Facility, such parent is subject to a holding company covenant that limits its ability to engage in certain activities.
F-16

J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
The credit agreement governing the ABL Facility additionally contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and provisions relating to events of default, including without limitation, a cross-default according to the terms of any indebtedness with an aggregate principal amount of $35 million or more. If an event of default occurs under the ABL Facility, the lenders may declare all amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility immediately due and payable. In such event, the lenders may exercise any rights and remedies they may have by law or agreement, including the ability to cause all or any part of the collateral securing the ABL Facility to be sold.
On January 31, 2015, standby letters of credit were $12.7 million, excess availability, as defined, was $287.3 million, and there were no borrowings outstanding. Average short-term borrowings under the ABL Facility were $1.7 million and $2.4 million in fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, respectively.
Demand Letter of Credit Facilities
The Company has unsecured, demand letter of credit facilities with HSBC and Bank of America which provide for the issuance of up to $50 million and $20 million, respectively, of documentary letters of credit on a no fee basis. On January 31, 2015, outstanding documentary letters of credit were $10 million and availability was $60 million in the aggregate under these facilities.
Term Loan Facility
On March 5, 2014, the Company refinanced its Term Loan Facility, the proceeds of which were used to (i) refinance amounts outstanding under the former term loan facility of $1,167 million and (ii) together with cash on hand, redeem in full outstanding Senior Notes of $400 million, and to pay fees, call premiums and accrued interest to the date of redemption, pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture. The maturity date of the Term Loan Facility is March 5, 2021.
Borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at Group’s option, either (a) LIBOR determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for an interest period of one month adjusted for certain additional costs (subject to a floor) or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A., (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (3) a LIBOR determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for an interest period of one month adjusted for certain additional costs, plus 1.00%. The Term Loan Facility provides for an incremental 0.25% step-down in applicable margin at any time on and after May 6, 2013 when our corporate family rating, as publicly announced by Moody’s, is B1 or better.
The Company is required to make principal repayments equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the Term Loan Facility, or $3.9 million, on the last day of January, April, July, and October. The Company is also required to repay the term loan based on an annual calculation of excess cash flow, as defined in the agreement.
All obligations under the Term Loan Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by Group’s immediate parent and the subsidiary guarantors and are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of Group’s assets and the assets of Group’s immediate parent and the subsidiary guarantors, including, in each case subject to customary exceptions and exclusions:
·	a first-priority pledge of all of Group’s capital stock directly held by Group’s immediate parent and a first-priority pledge of all of the capital stock directly held by Group and the subsidiary guarantors (which pledge, in the case of the capital stock of each (a) domestic subsidiary that is directly owned by Group or by any subsidiary guarantor and that is a disregarded entity for United States Federal income tax purposes substantially all of the assets of which consist of equity interests in one or more foreign subsidiaries or (b) foreign subsidiary, is limited to 65% of the stock of such subsidiary);	

·	a first-priority security interest in substantially all of Group’s immediate parent’s, Group’s and the subsidiary guarantor’s other tangible and intangible assets (other than the assets described in the following bullet point), including substantially all of the Company’s real property and intellectual property, and designated deposit accounts containing solely the proceeds of collateral with respect to which the obligations under the Term Loan Facility have a first-priority security interest; and	

·	a second-priority security interest in Current Asset Collateral.	
F-17

J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
The Term Loan Facility includes restrictions on Group’s ability and the ability of Group’s immediate parent and certain of Group’s subsidiaries to, among other things, incur or guarantee additional indebtedness, pay dividends (including to the Parent) on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock, make certain acquisitions or investments, materially change the business of the Company, incur or permit to exist certain liens, enter into transactions with affiliates or sell the Company’s assets to, or merge or consolidate with or into, another company.
The credit agreement governing the Term Loan Facility does not require the Company to comply with any financial maintenance covenants, but contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and provisions relating to events of default, including without limitation, a cross-default according to the terms of any indebtedness with an aggregate principal amount of $35 million or more. If an event of default occurs under the Term Loan Facility, the lenders may declare all amounts outstanding under the Term Loan Facility immediately due and payable. In such event, the lenders may exercise any rights and remedies they may have by law or agreement, including the ability to cause all or any part of the collateral securing the Term Loan Facility to be sold.
The interest rate on the $1,555 million outstanding under the Term Loan Facility was 4.00% on January 31, 2015. The applicable margin in effect for base rate borrowings was 2.00% and the LIBOR Floor and applicable margin with respect to LIBOR borrowings were 1.00% and 3.00%, respectively, at January 31, 2015.
Senior Notes due 2019
The interest rate on the $400 million of the Senior Notes was 8.125% and was payable semi-annually on March 1 and September 1 of each year. On March 4, 2014, an irrevocable notice of redemption was delivered to holders of the Senior Notes calling for the redemption of the entire outstanding $400 million in aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes on April 4, 2014 and on the same day, the Senior Notes Indenture was satisfied and discharged in accordance with its terms.
The Company has been in compliance with its covenants under the terms of these agreements.
Interest Expense
A summary of the components of interest expense is as follows:
 
 	 	For the Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 31,
2015	 	 	February 1, 
2014	 	 	February 2, 
2013	 	
Term Loan Facility (refinanced on March 5, 2014)	 	$	61,877	  	 	$	48,764	  	 	$	57,887	  	
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount	 	 	5,657	  	 	 	9,940	  	 	 	9,606	  	
Senior Notes (redeemed on March 5, 2014)	 	 	5,314	  	 	 	32,500	  	 	 	32,500	  	
Realized hedging losses	 	 	770	  	 	 	12,131	  	 	 	551	  	
Other, net of interest income of $324, $256, and $276	 	 	734	  	 	 	886	  	 	 	1,140	  	
Interest expense, net	 	$	74,352	  	 	$	104,221	  	 	$	101,684	  	
Loss on Refinancings
A summary of the components of the loss on refinancings is as follows:

 	 	Fiscal 2014	 	 	
Prior unrealized losses on cash flow hedges (see note 8)	 	$	22,380	  	 	
Call premium on Senior Notes (redeemed on March 5, 2014)	 	 	16,252	  	 	
Write-off of deferred financing costs	 	 	15,797	  	 	
Other financing costs	 	 	4,531	  	 	
Loss on refinancings	 	$	58,960	  	 	

F-18

J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
8. Derivative Financial Instruments
August 2014 Interest Rate Caps and Swaps
In August 2014, the Company entered into new interest rate cap and swap agreements, which together with the existing interest rate swaps, limit exposure to interest rate increases on a portion of the Company’s floating rate indebtedness. The interest rate cap agreements cover notional amounts of $400 million and cap LIBOR at 2.00% from March 2015 to March 2016. The interest rate swap agreements cover a notional amount of $800 million from March 2016 to March 2019 and carry a fixed rate of 2.56% plus the applicable margin.
The Company designated the interest rate cap and swap agreements as cash flow hedges. As cash flow hedges, unrealized gains will be recognized as assets while unrealized losses will be recognized as liabilities. The effective portion of such gains or losses will be recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, while the ineffective portion of such gains or losses will be recorded as a component of interest expense. Future realized gains and losses in connection with each required interest payment will be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income or loss to interest expense.
April 2011 Interest Rate Swaps
In April 2011, the Company entered into floating-to-fixed interest rate swap agreements effective in March 2013 for an aggregate notional amount of $600 million, which reduces by $100 million annually for the term of its agreements. As of January 31, 2015, the Company has interest rate swaps covering a notional amount of $500 million. These instruments limit exposure to interest rate increases on a portion of the Company’s floating rate indebtedness through the expiration of the agreements in March 2016. Under the terms of these agreements, the Company’s effective fixed interest rate on the notional amount of indebtedness is 3.56% plus the applicable margin.
Fair Value
As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the Company designated the interest rate swap agreements as cash flow hedges. As cash flow hedges, unrealized gains are recognized as assets while unrealized losses are recognized as liabilities. The interest rate swap agreements are highly correlated to the changes in interest rates to which the Company is exposed. Unrealized gains and losses on this instrument are designated as effective or ineffective. The effective portion of such gains or losses is recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, while the ineffective portion of such gains or losses will be recorded as a component of interest expense. Future realized gains and losses in connection with each required interest payment will be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income or loss to interest expense.
On March 5, 2014, the Company refinanced its Term Loan Facility, which resulted in the discontinuance of the designation of the 2011 Interest Rate Swaps as a cash flow hedge. Prior unrealized losses of $22 million, recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, were reclassified to earnings in the first quarter of fiscal 2014 as a component of loss on refinancing. Future unrealized gains and losses will be recorded as interest expense.
The fair values of the interest rate swap agreements are estimated using industry standard valuation models using market-based observable inputs, including interest rate curves (level 2). A summary of the recorded assets (liabilities) included in the condensed consolidated balance sheet is as follows:
 
 	January 31, 
2015	 	 	February 1, 
2014	 	
Interest rate caps (included in other assets)	$	12	 	 	$	—	 	
Interest rate swaps (included in other liabilities)	$	(29,455	)	 	$	(23,648	)	
 
9. Fair Value Measurements
The Company uses a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. This hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:
·	Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.	
F-19

J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
·	Level 2 – Observable inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.	

·	Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.	
Financial assets and liabilities
The fair value of the Company’s debt is estimated to be $1,411 million and $1,598 million at January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014 based on quoted market prices of the debt (level 1 inputs).
The Company’s interest rate cap and swap agreements are measured in the financial statements at fair value on a recurring basis. See note 8 for more information regarding the fair value of this financial liability.
The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable and other current liabilities approximate fair value because of their short-term nature.
Non-financial assets and liabilities
Certain non-financial assets, including goodwill, the intangible asset for the J.Crew trade name, and certain store leasehold improvements, have been written down and measured in the financial statements at fair value. The Company does not have any other non-financial assets or liabilities as of January 31, 2015 or February 1, 2014 that are measured on a recurring basis in the financial statements at fair value.
The Company assesses the recoverability of goodwill and intangibles whenever there are indicators of impairment, or at least annually in the fourth quarter. If the recorded carrying value of an intangible asset exceeds its fair value, the Company records a charge to write down the intangible asset to its fair value. Impairment charges of goodwill are based on fair value measurements derived using a combination of an income approach, specifically the discounted cash flow, a market approach, and a transaction approach. Impairment charges of intangible assets are based on fair value measurements derived using an income approach, specifically relief from royalty method; a revenue and royalty rate approach. The valuation methodologies incorporate unobservable inputs reflecting significant estimates and assumptions made by management (level 3 inputs). During fiscal 2014, the Company recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $562 million and a non-cash intangible asset impairment charge of $145 million. For more information, see note 3.
The Company performs impairment tests of certain long-lived assets whenever there are indicators of impairment. These tests typically contemplate assets at a store level (e.g. leasehold improvements). The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the carrying value of a long-lived asset is not recoverable in light of the undiscounted future cash flows and measures an impairment loss as the difference between the carrying amount and fair value of the asset based on discounted future cash flows. The Company has determined that the future cash flow approach (level 3 inputs) provides the most relevant and reliable means by which to determine fair value in this circumstance.
 
10. Commitments and Contingencies
Operating Leases
As of January 31, 2015, the Company was obligated under various long-term operating leases, which require minimum annual rent for retail and factory stores, warehouses, office space and equipment.
F-20

J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
These operating leases expire on varying dates through 2028. A summary of aggregate minimum rent at January 31, 2015 is as follows:
 
Fiscal year	  	Amount	 	
2015	  	$	178,381	  	
2016	  	$	171,130	  	
2017	  	$	157,035	  	
2018	  	$	140,489	  	
2019	  	$	119,927	  	
Thereafter	  	$	362,512	  	
Certain of these leases include renewal options and escalation clauses and provide for contingent rent based upon sales and require the lessee to pay taxes, insurance and other occupancy costs.
Rent expense was $174,411 in fiscal 2014, $157,941 in fiscal 2013, and $132,363 in fiscal 2012 (including contingent rent, based on store sales, of $5,193, $5,714, and $8,553, respectively).
Employment Agreements
The Company is party to employment agreements with certain executives, which provide for compensation and certain other benefits. The agreements also provide for severance payments under certain circumstances.
Litigation
The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary conduct of its business. Management does not expect that the results of any of these other legal proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, would have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
11. Employee Benefit Plan
The Company has a 401(K) Savings Plan pursuant to Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code whereby all eligible associates may contribute up to 25% of their annual base salaries subject to certain limitations. The Company’s contribution is based on a percentage formula set forth in the plan agreement. Company contributions to the 401(K) Savings Plan were $5,714 in fiscal 2014, $4,598 in fiscal 2013, and $4,085 in fiscal 2012.
 
12. Other Revenues
A summary of the components of other revenues is as follows:
 
 	 	For the
Year Ended
January 31,
2015	 	  	For the
Year Ended
February 1,
2014	 	  	For the
Year Ended
February 2,
2013	 	
 	 	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
Shipping and handling fees	 	$	26,133	  	  	$	21,944	  	  	$	21,176	  	
Revenues from third party resellers	 	 	9,012	  	  	 	8,565	  	  	 	5,934	  	
Other	 	 	4,101	  	  	 	3,663	  	  	 	2,508	  	
Total	 	$	39,246	  	  	$	34,172	  	  	$	29,618	  	
 
F-21

J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
13. Income Taxes
Group is included in the consolidated federal income tax return of its Parent, which includes all of its wholly owned subsidiaries. Pursuant to its tax sharing policy, Group calculates its tax liabilities on a standalone basis and provides accordingly in its consolidated financial statements. Each subsidiary files separate, or combined where required, state tax returns in required jurisdictions. Group and its subsidiaries have entered into a tax sharing agreement providing that each of the subsidiaries will reimburse Group for its share of income taxes based on the proportion of such subsidiaries’ tax liability on a separate return basis to the total tax liability of Group.
A summary of the components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows:
 
(Dollars in millions)	 	For the
Year Ended
January 31,
2015	 	 	For the
Year Ended
February 1,
2014	 	 	For the
Year Ended
February 2,
2013	 	
Current:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	 	$	9.9	  	 	$	51.7	  	 	$	57.9	 	
State and local	 	 	4.5	  	 	 	11.2	  	 	 	6.8	 	
Foreign	 	 	0.1	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	0.1	 	
 	 	 	14.5	  	 	 	62.9	  	 	 	64.8	 	
Deferred:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	 	 	(63.6	) 	 	 	(4.4	) 	 	 	(12.0	) 	
State and local	 	 	(11.4	)  	 	 	(1.1	)  	 	 	3.3	 	
Foreign	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.2	 	 	 	(0.2	) 	
 	 	 	(75.0	) 	 	 	(5.3	) 	 	 	(8.9	) 	
Total income taxes (benefit) recorded on the consolidated statement
of operations	 	 	(60.5	)	 	 	57.6	 	 	 	55.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income taxes charged (credited) to shareholders’ equity:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Excess tax benefits arising from stock option exercises	 	 	—	 	 	 	(0.7	)	 	 	—	 	
Deferred income taxes (benefits) arising from the change in derivative liability credited to OCI	 	 	1.9	 	 	 	4.6	 	 	 	(1.2	)	
Total income taxes	 	$	(58.6	)  	 	$	61.5	  	 	$	54.7	 	
A reconciliation between the effective tax and the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate is as follows:
 
 	 	For the
Year Ended
January 31, 2015	 	 	For the
Year Ended
February 1, 2014	 	 	For the
Year Ended
February 2, 2013	 	
Federal income tax rate	 	 	35.0	% 	 	 	35.0	% 	 	 	35.0	%	
State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit	 	 	0.6	  	 	 	4.6	  	 	 	4.3	  	
Foreign rate differential	 	 	0.5	 	 	 	1.7	 	 	 	—	  	
Goodwill impairment	 	 	(27.4	) 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	  	
Foreign valuation allowances	 	 	(0.6	) 	 	 	0.4	 	 	 	—	  	
Uncertain tax positions	 	 	(0.3	) 	 	 	0.6	 	 	 	(1.3	)	
Other	 	 	0.6	 	 	 	(2.9	) 	 	 	(1.3	)	
Effective tax rate	 	 	8.4	% 	 	 	39.4	% 	 	 	36.7	% 	
F-22

J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
A summary of the tax effect of temporary differences which give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:
 
(Dollars in millions)                                        	 	January 31,
2015	 	 	February 1,
2014	 	
Deferred tax assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Customer liabilities	 	$	11.3	  	 	$	10.6	  	
Rent	 	 	29.8	  	 	 	21.1	  	
Financial instruments	 	 	12.5	  	 	 	8.7	  	
Sales returns	 	 	4.7	  	 	 	4.8	  	
Share-based payments	 	 	9.9	  	 	 	7.6	  	
State net operating losses	 	 	1.4	  	 	 	1.9	  	
Foreign net operating losses	 	 	5.0	 	 	 	1.7	 	
State taxes and interest	 	 	3.5	  	 	 	2.6	  	
Transaction costs	 	 	9.0	  	 	 	9.9	  	
Other	 	 	8.8	  	 	 	3.4	  	
 	 	 	95.9	  	 	 	72.3	  	
Less: Valuation allowance	 	 	(7.6	) 	 	 	(3.1	) 	
Deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance	 	 	88.3	 	 	 	69.2	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Intangible assets	 	 	(316.7	) 	 	 	(376.9	) 	
Difference in book and tax basis for property and equipment	 	 	(60.4	) 	 	 	(54.7	) 	
Prepaid catalog and other prepaid expenses	 	 	(15.7	) 	 	 	(15.2	) 	
 	 	 	(392.8	) 	 	 	(446.8	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net deferred income tax liability	 	$	(304.5	) 	 	$	(377.6	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Amounts included in consolidated balance sheets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets	 	$	19.3	  	 	$	11.8	  	
Non-current assets	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Current liabilities	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Non-current liabilities	 	 	(323.8	) 	 	 	(389.4	) 	
 	 	$	(304.5	) 	 	$	(377.6	) 	
Management believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset, net balance of $88.3 million as of January 31, 2015 will be realized. The Company recorded significant deferred tax liabilities relating to trade names and other intangibles in connection with the Acquisition.
It is the Company’s intention to permanently reinvest undistributed earnings and profits from the Company’s foreign operations that have been generated through January 31, 2015 and future plans do not demonstrate a need to repatriate the foreign amounts to fund U.S. operations. Accordingly, no provision has been made for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries as of January 31, 2015. Cash held by the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is $7.5 million, valued in U.S. dollars, at January 31, 2015.
As of January 31, 2015, the Company has $13.1 million in liabilities associated with uncertain tax positions (including interest and penalties of $1.1 million) reflected in other liabilities. The amount, if recognized, that would affect the effective tax rate is $12.9 million. While the Company expects the amount of unrecognized tax benefits to change in the next twelve months, the change is not expected to have a significant effect on the estimated effective annual tax rate, the results of operations or financial position. However, the outcome of tax matters is uncertain and unforeseen results can occur.
F-23

J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
A roll-forward of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 
(Dollars in millions)	 	For the
Year Ended
January 31,
2015	 	 	For the
Year Ended
February 1,
2014	 	
Balance at beginning of period	 	$	13.0	  	 	$	9.3	  	
Additions for tax positions taken during current year	 	 	6.2	  	 	 	4.0	  	
Additions for tax positions taken during prior years	 	 	0.1	  	 	 	0.5	  	
Reductions for tax positions taken during prior years	 	 	(0.4	) 	 	 	(0.7	) 	
Settlements	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Expirations of statutes of limitations	 	 	(0.8	) 	 	 	(0.1	) 	
Balance at end of period	 	$	18.1	  	 	$	13.0	  	
The federal income tax returns for the periods ended January 2012 and January 2013 are currently under examination. Various state and local jurisdiction tax authorities are in the process of examining income tax returns for certain tax years ranging from 2009 to 2012. The results of these audits and appeals are not expected to have a significant effect on the results of operations or financial position.
As of January 31, 2015, the Company has state and local net operating loss carryovers, net of unrecognized tax benefits, of approximately $26.8 million. These carryovers are available to offset future taxable income for state and local tax purposes and expire primarily in May 2028.
 
14. Related Party Transactions
Madewell Trademark
On October 20, 2005, the Company, Millard Drexler, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer and Millard S. Drexler, Inc. entered into a Trademark License Agreement whereby Mr. Drexler granted the Company a thirty-year exclusive, worldwide license to use the Madewell trademark and associated intellectual property rights owned by him (the “Properties”). In consideration for the license, the Company reimbursed Mr. Drexler’s actual costs expended in acquiring and developing the Properties (which amounted to $242,300) and agreed to pay royalties of $1 per year during the term of the license. In January 2007, the Company provided notice to Mr. Drexler that the Company had met certain conditions outlined in the agreement, and Mr. Drexler assigned to the Company all of his residual rights in the Properties. The Company also agreed that it would not assign or spin off ownership of the Properties during the term of Mr. Drexler’s employment without his consent other than as part of a sale of the entire Company (except that the Company may pledge or hypothecate its interest in the Properties as part of a bank or other financings).
Chinos Intermediate Holdings A, Inc. Senior PIK Toggle Note
On November 4, 2013 in a private transaction, Chinos Intermediate Holdings A, Inc. (the “Issuer”), an indirect parent holding company of Group, issued $500 million aggregate principal of 7.75/8.50% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due May 1, 2019 (the “PIK Notes”).  The PIK Notes pay interest semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year.  Interest for the first and final interest periods is required to be paid in cash at the cash interest rate of 7.75%.  For each other interest period, the Issuer is required to pay interest in cash, unless certain conditions are satisfied, in which case the Issuer may elect to pay PIK interest either by increasing the principal amount or issuing new notes.  The PIK interest rate is equal to the cash interest rate plus 75 basis points, or 8.50%.          
The PIK Notes are: (i) senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer, (ii) structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of the Issuers’ subsidiaries, and (iii) not guaranteed by any of the Issuers’ subsidiaries, including Group, and therefore are not recorded in the financial statements of the Company.  The PIK Notes provide for redemption at certain prices, including with respect to a change in control or equity offering.  The Company declared dividends to the Issuer in the first and third quarters of fiscal 2014 to fund the semi-annual interest payments due May 1, 2014 and November 3, 2014. Additionally, while not required, the Company intends to pay dividends to the Issuer to fund interest payments, which would aggregate to $174 million through the remainder of the term if all interest on the PIK Notes is paid in cash.                       
F-24

J.CREW GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
For the Years Ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013
(Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)
 
The net proceeds of $490 million from this offering were used by the Issuer to fund a cash dividend of $484 million to equity holders, and dividend equivalent compensation payments of $6.1 million to certain equity-award holders.  Additionally, the exercise prices of certain equity-awards were reduced by an amount equal to the dividend of $0.53 per share.

15. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
A summary of quarterly financial results for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 is as follows:
 
(in thousands)	  	First
Quarter	 	  	Second
Quarter	 	  	Third
Quarter	 	  	Fourth
Quarter	 	
Fiscal 2014	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total revenues	  	$	591,969	  	  	$	627,229	  	  	$	655,157	  	  	$	705,340	  	
Gross profit	  	 	228,251	  	  	 	235,836	  	  	 	263,311	  	  	 	243,520	  	
Net income (loss)(1)	  	$	(30,118	)  	  	$	10,785	  	  	$	(607,849	)  	  	$	(30,591	)  	
 
Fiscal 2013	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total revenues	  	$	564,112	  	  	$	559,102	  	  	$	618,827	  	  	$	686,217	  	
Gross profit	  	 	252,015	  	  	 	229,992	  	  	 	271,495	  	  	 	252,611	  	
Net income	  	$	29,320	  	  	$	17,458	  	  	$	35,428	  	  	$	5,917	  	

(1)	Includes the impact of the loss on refinancings recorded in the first quarter, and non-cash impairment losses recorded in the third and fourth quarters.	

16. Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2013, a pronouncement was issued that provided guidance related to the presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit, specifically when to present as a reduction of deferred taxes or as a liability, in situations where net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company adopted this pronouncement on February 2, 2014, which did not have a significant impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements.
In May 2014, a pronouncement was issued that clarified the principles of revenue recognition, which standardizes a comprehensive model for recognizing revenue arising from contracts with customers. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new pronouncement on our condensed consolidated financial statements.

 
 
F-25

 
SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
 	  	Beginning
Balance	 	  	Charged to
Cost and
Expenses(a)	 	  	Charged to
other
Accounts	 	  	Deductions(a)	 	  	Ending
Balance	 	
 	  	(in thousands)	 	
Inventory reserve	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
(deducted from merchandise inventories)	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Year ended January 31, 2015	  	$	7,850	  	  	$	21	  	  	$	—	 	  	$	—	 	  	$	7,871	  	
Year ended February 1, 2014	  	 	7,308	  	  	 	542	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	7,850	  	
Year ended February 2, 2013	  	 	6,253	  	  	 	1,055	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	7,308	  	
 
Allowance for sales returns	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
(included in other current liabilities)	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Year ended January 31, 2015	  	$	12,464	  	  	$	(306	)  	  	$	—	 	  	$	—	 	  	$	12,158	  	
Year ended February 1, 2014	  	 	9,110	  	  	 	3,354	  	  	 	—	 	  	 	—	 	  	 	12,464	  	
Year ended February 2, 2013	  	 	8,953	  	  	 	157	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	9,110	  	
 
(a)	The inventory reserve and allowance for sales returns are evaluated at the end of each fiscal quarter and adjusted (increased or decreased) based on the quarterly evaluation. During each period, inventory write-downs and sales returns are charged to the statement of operations as incurred.	

 
F-26

 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
Exhibit No.	  	Document	
 	 	
2.1	  	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 23, 2010, by and among J.Crew Group, Inc., Chinos Holdings, Inc. and Chinos Acquisitions Corporation. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed on November 26, 2010.	
 	 	
2.2	  	Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 23, 2010, by and among J.Crew Group, Inc., Chinos Holdings, Inc. and Chinos Acquisitions Corporation, dated January 18, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed on January 18, 2011.	
 	 	
3.1	  	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of J.Crew Group, Inc., adopted March 7, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2011.	
 	 	
3.2	  	Amended and Restated By-laws of J.Crew Group, Inc., adopted March 7, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2011.	
 	
Material Contracts	
 	 	
10.1	  	Credit Agreement dated as of March 7, 2011 among Chinos Acquisition Corporation, which on March 7, 2011 was merged with and into J.Crew Group, Inc., with J.Crew Group, Inc. surviving such merger as the Borrower, Chinos Intermediate Holdings B, Inc., as Holdings, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Issuer, and the other Lenders and Issuers party thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2011.	
 	 	
10.2	  	Credit Agreement dated as of March 7, 2011 among Chinos Acquisition Corporation, which on March 7, 2011 was merged with and into J.Crew Group, Inc., with J.Crew Group, Inc. surviving such merger as the Borrower, Chinos Intermediate Holdings B, Inc. as Holdings, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other Lenders party thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2011.	
 	 	
10.3	  	Security Agreement dated as of March 7, 2011 among Chinos Acquisition Corporation, which on March 7, 2011 was merged with and into J.Crew Group, Inc., with J.Crew Group, Inc. surviving such merger as the Borrower, Chinos Intermediate Holdings B, Inc., as Holdings, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent under the ABL Facility. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2011.	
 	 	
10.4	  	Security Agreement dated as of March 7, 2011 among Chinos Acquisition Corporation, which on March 7, 2011 was merged with and into J.Crew Group, Inc., with J.Crew Group, Inc. surviving such merger as the Borrower, Chinos Intermediate Holdings B, Inc., as Holdings, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent under the Term Loan Facility. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2011.	
 	 	
10.5	  	Guaranty dated as of March 7, 2011 among Chinos Intermediate Holdings B, Inc., as Holdings, the other guarantors party hereto from time to time, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the ABL Facility. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2011.	
 	 	
10.6	  	Guaranty dated as of March 7, 2011 among Chinos Intermediate Holdings B, Inc., as Holdings, the other guarantors party hereto from time to time, and Bank of America, N.A., as the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Term Loan Facility. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2011.	
 	 	
10.7	  	First Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2012, by and among J.Crew Group, Inc., Chinos Intermediate Holdings B, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, and each lender party thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on October 15, 2012.	
 	 	
10.8	  	Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2012, by and among J.Crew Group, Inc., Chinos Intermediate Holdings B, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and each lender party thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on December 18, 2012.	
 	 	
10.9	  	Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2013, by and among J.Crew Group, Inc., Chinos Intermediate Holdings B, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and each lender party thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on February 4, 2013.	
 	 	
10.10	  	Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2014, by and among J. Crew Group, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and each lender party thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2014.	
 	 	
10.11	  	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2014, by and among J. Crew Group, Inc., Chinos Intermediate Holdings B, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2014.	

 
Exhibit No.	  	Document	
 	 	
10.12	  	Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2014, by and among J. Crew Group, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and each lender party thereto.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on December 11, 2014.	
 	 	
10.13	  	Trademark License Agreement by and among J.Crew Group, Inc., Millard S. Drexler and Millard S. Drexler, Inc. dated as of October 20, 2005. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2005.	
 	 	
10.14	  	Employment Agreement by and among J.Crew Group, Inc., Chinos Holdings, Inc. and Millard S. Drexler dated as of March 7, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Form 10-K filed on March 21, 2011.	
 	 	
10.15	  	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated September 10, 2008, between the Company and James Scully. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on September 11, 2008.	
 	 	
10.16	  	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 15, 2010, between J.Crew Group, Inc. and Jenna Lyons. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Form 10-Q filed on September 3, 2010.	
 	 	
10.17	  	Special Bonus Agreement, dated April 15, 2013, between J.Crew Group, Inc. and Jenna Lyons. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on April 16, 2013.	
 	 	
10.18	  	Letter Agreement, dated November 28, 2011, between J.Crew Group, Inc. and Libby Wadle. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on November 29, 2011.	
 	 	
10.19	  	Letter Agreement, dated May 15, 2012, between J.Crew Group, Inc. and Stuart Haselden. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed on May 30, 2012.	
 	 	
10.20	  	Non-Disclosure, Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition and Dispute Resolution Agreement, dated January 22, 2013, between the Company and Joan Durkin. †	
 	 	
10.21	 	Long Term Incentive Bonus Agreement, dated June 9, 2014, between J.Crew Group, Inc. and Lynda Markoe. †	
 	 	
10.22	  	Management Services Agreement, entered into as of March 7, 2011, between Chinos Acquisition Corporation, Chinos Intermediate Holdings A, Inc., Chinos Intermediate Holdings B, Inc., Chinos Holdings, Inc., TPG Capital, L.P., and Leonard Green and Partners, L.P. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Form S-4 filed on June 22, 2011.	
 	 	
10.23	  	Principal Investors Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2011, by and among Chinos Holdings, Inc., Chinos Acquisition Corporation, Chinos Intermediate Holdings A, Inc., Chinos Intermediate Holdings B, Inc. and the stockholder parties thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Form S-4 filed on June 22, 2011.	
 	 	
10.24	  	Management Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2011, by and among Chinos Holdings, Inc., Chinos Intermediate Holdings A, Inc., Chinos Intermediate Holdings B, Inc., Chinos Acquisition Corporation, and the Principal Investors, the MD Investors and Managers named therein. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed on September 1, 2011.	
 	
Other Exhibits	
 	 	
21.1	  	Subsidiaries of J.Crew Group, Inc.†	
 	 	
24.1	  	Power of Attorney†	
 	 	
31.1	  	Certification of chief executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.†	
 	 	
31.2	  	Certification of chief financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.†	
 	 	
32.1	  	Certification of chief executive officer and chief financial officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*	
 	 	 	
101	  	Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets at January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, and (v) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.†	
 
†	Filed herewith.	

*	Furnished herewith	

 
Exhibit 10.20
NON-DISCLOSURE, NON-SOLICITATION, NON-COMPETITION AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREEMENT
In consideration of your continued employment as SVP – Chief Accounting Officer with J. Crew Group, Inc. and its affiliates (collectively, the "Company") and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, effective as of January 22, 2013, you and the Company agree as follows:
1.  Agreement Not to Disclose Confidential Information. In the course of your employment with or provision of services to the Company, you have and will have acquired and have had access to confidential or proprietary information about the Company, including but not limited to, trade secrets, methods, models, passwords, access to computer files, financial information and records, computer software programs, agreements and/or contracts between the Company and its vendors and suppliers, the Company’s merchandising, marketing and/or creative policies, practices, concepts, strategies, and methods of operations, inventory, pricing and price change strategies, possible new product lines, future merchandise designs, patterns, fabrication or fit information, internal policies, pricing policies and procedures, cost estimates, employee lists, training manuals, financial or business projections, unannounced financial data such as sales, earnings or capital requirements, possible mergers, acquisitions or joint ventures and information about or received from vendors and other companies with which the Company does business.  The foregoing shall be collectively referred to as “Confidential Information.”  You are aware that the Confidential Information is not readily available to the public.  You agree that during your employment or provision of services and for a period of three (3) years thereafter, you will keep confidential and not disclose the Confidential Information to anyone or use it for your own benefit or for the benefit of others, except in performing your duties as our employee or agent.  You agree that this restriction shall apply whether or not any such information is marked “confidential.”
All memoranda, disks, files, notes, records or other documents, whether in electronic form or hard copy (collectively, the “material”) compiled by you or made available to you during your employment (whether or not the material contains confidential information) are the property of the Company and shall be delivered to the Company on the termination of your employment or at any other time upon request.  Except in connection with your employment, you agree that you will not make or retain copies or excerpts of the material.
2.  Agreement Not to Engage in Unfair Competition. You agree that your position with the Company requires and will continue to require the performance of services which are special, unique, extraordinary and of an intellectual and/or artistic character and places you in a position of confidence and trust with the Company.  You further acknowledge that the rendering of services to the Company necessarily requires the disclosure of confidential information and trade secrets of the Company.  You agree that in the course of your employment with or rendering of services to the Company, you will develop a personal acquaintanceship and relationship with the vendors and other business associates of the Company and knowledge of their affairs and requirements.  Consequently, you agree that it is reasonable and necessary for the protection of the goodwill and business of the Company that you make the covenants contained herein.  Accordingly, you agree that:
(a) while you are in the Company’s employ and for the period of six months after the termination of your employment, for any reason whatsoever, you shall not directly or indirectly, except on behalf of the Company, render services to or accept employment, either directly as an employee or owner, or indirectly, as a paid or unpaid consultant or independent contractor of any entity identified on  Schedule A   hereto (as may be updated by the Company and communicated to you from time to time); and
(b) while you are in the Company’s employ and for the period of twelve months after the termination of your employment, for any reason whatsoever, you shall not directly or indirectly, except on behalf of the Company recruit, hire, solicit, or employ as an employee or retain as a consultant any person who is then or at any time during the preceding twelve months was an employee of or consultant to the Company, or persuade or attempt to persuade any employee of or consultant to the Company to leave the employ of the Company or to become employed as an employee or retained as a consultant by anyone other than the Company.
3. Termination Without Cause. Should your employment be (a) terminated by the Company without “Cause,” as defined below; and (b) the Company does not consent at your written request to waive any of the post-employment restrictions contained in Section 2(a) above, and (c) you execute and deliver to Company an irrevocable Separation Agreement and Release, within 60 days after your termination of employment (and any payment that constitutes non-qualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and any regulations thereunder (the “Code”) that otherwise would be made within such 60-day period pursuant to this paragraph shall be paid at the expiration of such 60-day period), in a form acceptable to the Company,  the Company will (i) pay you a lump sum amount equal to the product of (x) the annual bonus, if any, that you would have earned based on the actual achievement of the applicable performance objectives in the fiscal year which includes the date of your termination of employment had your employment not been terminated and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the fiscal year that includes the date of your termination through the date of such termination and the denominator of which is 365, payable when bonuses are generally paid to employees of the Company, but in no event later than the 15 th  day of the third month following the end of the year with respect to which such bonus was earned;  (ii) continue to pay your then-current base salary, less all

 
applicable deductions, according to the company’s normal payroll practices for six (6) months immediately following your last date of employment (“ Termination Date ”) (collectively, the “ Salary Continuation Payments ”); and (iii) reimburse you for out-of-pocket COBRA payments paid by you to continue your group health benefits for such six-month period, provided you submit relevant supporting documentation to the company evidencing such payments. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, however, your right to receive the foregoing payments shall terminate effective immediately and be of no force and effect upon the date that you become employed or are retained by another entity as an employee, consultant or otherwise, with or without compensation, and you agree to notify the Executive Vice-President of Human Resources in writing prior to the effective date of any such employment.  If you fail to so notify the Executive Vice-President of Human Resources, (a) you will forfeit your right to receive the payments described above (to the extent the payments were not theretofore paid) and (b) the company shall be entitled to recover any payments already made to you or on your behalf.  
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event you are a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) on the Termination Date and the Salary Continuation Payments to be paid to you within the first six months following such date (the “ Initial Payment Period ”) exceed the amount referenced in Treas. Regs. Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A) (the “ Limit ”), then: (i) any portion of the Salary Continuation Payments that is payable during the Initial Payment Period that does not exceed the Limit shall be paid at the times set forth above; (ii) any portion of the Salary Continuation Payments that is a “short-term deferral” within the meaning of Treas. Regs. Section 1.409A-1(b)(4)(i) shall be paid at the times set forth above; (iii) any portion of the Salary Continuation Payments that exceeds the Limit and is not a “short-term deferral” (and would have been payable during the Initial Payment Period but for the Limit) shall be paid on the first business day of the first calendar month that begins after the six-month anniversary of the Termination Date or, if earlier, on the date of your death; and (iv) any portion of the Salary Continuation Payments that is payable after the Initial Payment Period shall be paid at the times set forth above.  It is intended that each installment, if any, of the payments and benefits, if any, provided to you under this Section 3 shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.  
“Cause” shall mean gross incompetence; failure to comply with the company’s policies including, but not limited to, those contained in the company’s Associate Handbook or Code of Ethics and Business Practices; indictment, conviction or admission of any crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; falsification of employment applications, records, or any work product for the Company; participation in any act of misconduct, insubordination or fraud against the company; use of alcohol or drugs which interferes with your performance of your duties or compromises the integrity or reputation of  the company; and unauthorized absence from work other than as a result of disability.    No payment will be required if the Company elects in its sole discretion to waive the post-termination restrictions on your employment contained in Section 2(a) herein or if the conditions set forth in this Section 3 are otherwise not met.
4.  Termination With Cause or Resignation of Employment. If the Company terminates your employment and such termination is for "Cause," as defined above, or if you resign your employment for any reason, then the Company shall pay you all wages due through the Termination Date.  In the event of termination for Cause or your resignation, the Company will not pay any severance or Salary Continuation Payments, and the restrictions contained in Sections 1 and 2 above will remain in full force and effect unless waived by the Company.  
5.  Term.  The term of this agreement shall be three (3) years, beginning on the date signed by you, as set forth below, and terminating on the third anniversary of such date; provided however, that it shall automatically renew for further terms of one (1) year each upon the same terms and conditions herein, unless the Company provides written notice of non-renewal to you at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the initial term or any renewal term.  
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that your employment terminates prior to the expiration of any term, you shall remain subject to the post-termination restrictions contained in Sections 1 and 2 hereof and Section 6 hereof and shall be entitled to the severance payment contained in Section 3 hereof provided that the terms and conditions applicable thereto have been satisfied.
6.  Dispute Resolution and Arbitration
(a) Any and all justiciable controversies, claims or disputes that you may have against the Company and/or the Company may have against you arising out of, relating to, or resulting from your employment with the Company, or the separation of your employment with the Company, including claims arising out of or related to this Agreement, shall be subject to mandatory arbitration (“Mandatory Arbitration”) as set forth herein.   The mutual obligations by the Company and you to arbitrate differences provide mutual consideration for this Mandatory Arbitration provision.  Prior to commencing arbitration, if any such matter cannot be settled through negotiation, then the parties agree first to try in good faith to settle the dispute by mediation through a mediator selected by the mutual agreement of both parties. If any such matters cannot be resolved by mediation within 30 days of the Company or you requesting mediation (or such longer period as to which you and the Company agree in writing), they shall be finally resolved by final and binding arbitration.  The parties shall select a neutral arbitrator and/or arbitration sponsoring organization by mutual agreement. If the parties are not able to mutually agree to an arbitrator and/or arbitration sponsoring organization, the arbitration will be held under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall be in
2

 
accordance with the then current Employment Arbitration Rules of the AAA, which may be found at www.adr.org or by using an internet search engine to locate “AAA Employment Arbitration Rules”).  The arbitrator, and not any federal, state or local court or agency, shall have the exclusive authority to resolve any dispute relating to the interpretation, applicability, enforceability or formation of this Mandatory Arbitration provision. Subject to remedies to which a party to the arbitration may be entitled under applicable law, each party shall pay the fees of its own attorneys, the expenses of its witnesses and all other expenses connected with presenting its case.  Other costs of the arbitration, including the cost of any record or transcripts of the arbitration, administrative fees, the fee of the arbitrator, and all other fees and costs, shall be borne by the Company. All arbitral awards shall be final and binding, and the arbitration will be conducted in the City of New York, New York, in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. §§ 1 et seq.). A judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction shall be entered upon the award made pursuant to the arbitration.
(b) You agree that any actual or threatened breach by you of the covenants set forth in Sections 1 and 2 of this agreement would result in irreparable harm to the Company for which monetary damages alone would be an insufficient remedy.  Thus, without limiting Section 6 (a) herein, either party may pursue temporary and/or preliminary injunctive relief in a court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance of the restrictions in Sections 1 and 2 of this Agreement, tortious interference with prospective employment and/or the protection of confidential information and/or trade secrets, prevention of unfair competition, or enforcement of post-employment contractual restrictions or rights related to same; provided, however, that all issues of final relief shall continue to be decided through arbitration, and the pursuit of the temporary and/or preliminary injunctive relief described herein shall not constitute a waiver of the parties’ agreement to arbitrate by any party. Both you and the Company expressly waive the right to trial by jury.
7.  Severability.  If any provision of this agreement, or any part thereof, is found to be invalid or unenforceable, the same shall not affect the remaining provisions, which shall be given full effect, without regard to the invalid portions.  Moreover, if any one or more of the provisions contained in this agreement shall be held to be excessively broad as to duration, scope, activity or subject, such provisions shall be construed by limiting and reducing them so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent with applicable law.
8.  At-Will Employment.  This agreement is limited to the foregoing terms and shall not be construed to create any relationship between you and the Company other than at-will employment for all purposes.  This agreement supersedes any and all prior agreements concerning the subject matter hereof, and any severance amounts or obligations of the Company to you referenced herein shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any such amounts or obligations in prior agreements.  
9.  Governing Law.  Subject to the applicability of the Federal Arbitration Act as stated in Section 6 of this agreement, all other terms of this agreement and all other rights and obligations of the parties thereto shall be interpreted and governed by the laws of the state of New York.
10. Section 409A of the Code.  If any provision of this agreement (or any award of compensation or benefits provided under this agreement) would cause you to incur any additional tax or interest under Section 409A of the Code, the Company and you shall reasonably cooperate to reform such provision to comply with 409A and the Company agrees to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable without violating 409A of the Code, the original intent and economic benefit to you of the applicable provision; provided that nothing herein shall require the Company to provide you with any gross-up for any tax, interest or penalty incurred by you under Section 409A of the Code.
 
AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED	 	 	J. Crew Group, Inc.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Signature: 	 	/s/ Joan Durkin	 	 	Signature: 	 	/s/ Lynda Markoe	
Name:	 	Joan Durkin	 	 	Name:	 	Lynda Markoe	
 	 	 	 	 	Title:	 	EVP – Human Resources	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Date:	 	February 18, 2013	 	 	Date:	 	February 20, 2013	

3

 
SCHEDULE A TO NON-DISCLOSURE,
NON-SOLICITATION AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT
Unless waived in writing by the Company, the post-termination restrictions on employment contained in Section 2(a) above shall apply to employment with any entity doing business under the names set forth below, as well as their parent, subsidiary, and affiliate companies or joint venture partners, in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Hong Kong, The People’s Republic of China and any other countries or territories where the Company conducts or has material plans to conduct business as of the Termination Date:
 
Abercrombie & Fitch	
Aeropostale, Inc.	
American Eagle Outfitters, Inc.	
ANN, Inc.	
Brooks Brothers Group, Inc.	
C.Wonder, LLC	
Coach, Inc.	
Fifth & Pacific Companies, Inc. (formerly Liz Claiborne, Inc.)	
Gap, Inc.	
Giorgio Armani S.p.A.	
Limited Brands, Inc.	
LVMH Moet Hennessey – Louis Vuitton SA	
Michael Kors, Inc.	
Ralph Lauren Corporation	
Tory Burch LLC	
Urban Outfitters, Inc.	
Any retail apparel start-up operated by one of the above companies and all brands or divisions operated by one of the above companies.
4

Exhibit 10.21
 
June 9, 2014
By Hand
Ms. Lynda Markoe

Dear Lynda:
In recognition of your prior and continued service as Executive Vice President, Human Resources for J. Crew Group, Inc. and its operating subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Company ”), we would like to make you eligible for a special discretionary long term incentive bonus pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this letter agreement (the “ Agreement ”).  
1.Long Term Incentive Bonus.
Provided you remain continuously and actively employed and in good standing with the Company through the applicable payment date, you will be entitled to receive the sum of $125,000.00, less any applicable and required withholdings, on or about June 10, 2014, (the “ First Cash Incentive ”) and the sum of $125,000.00, less any applicable and required withholdings, payable on or about June 1, 2015 (“the Second Cash Incentive ”).
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you are terminated for “cause” (defined below) or resign from your employment for any reason:
 
a)	on or before May 31, 2015, you agree to immediately repay the Company the full gross amount of the First Cash Incentive; or,	

b)	on or before May 31, 2016, you agree to immediately repay the Company the full gross amount of the Second Cash Incentive.	
 
For purposes of this Agreement, “cause” shall mean, without limitation, unsatisfactory job performance, failure to comply with the Company’s policies and handbook, including but not limited to the Code of Ethics and Business Practices;  indictment, conviction or admission of any crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; participation in any act of misconduct, insubordination or fraud against the Company; use of alcohol or drugs which interferes with your performance of your duties or compromises the integrity or reputation of the Company; and excessive absences from work other than as a result of disability.

 
In the event that you fail to reimburse the Company fully for the applicable amount described in the preceding sections, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedies available to the Company, the Company shall be entitled to offset, in accordance with (and to the extent permitted by) Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the amounts owed by you to the Company pursuant to this Agreement against any amounts otherwise payable by the Company to you.
 
2.   Miscellaneous.
(a)This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the First and Second Cash Incentives. This agreement is limited to the terms herein and shall not be construed to create any relationship between you and the Company other than at-will employment for all purposes.  
(b)If any provision of this agreement, or any part thereof, is found to be invalid or unenforceable, the same shall not affect the remaining provisions, which shall be given full effect, without regard to the invalid portions.  Moreover, if any one or more of the provisions contained in this agreement shall be held to be excessively broad as to duration, scope, activity or subject, such provisions shall be construed by limiting and reducing them so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent with applicable law.
(c) The terms of this agreement and all rights and obligations of the parties thereto including its enforcement shall be interpreted and governed by the laws of the state of New York.
(d)If any provision of this agreement (or any award of compensation or benefits provided under this agreement) would cause you to incur any additional tax or interest under Section 409A of the Code, the Company and you shall reasonably cooperate to reform such provision to comply with 409A and the Company agrees to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable without violating 409A of the Code, the original intent and economic benefit to you of the applicable provision; provided that nothing herein shall require the Company to provide you with any gross-up for any tax, interest or penalty incurred by you under Section 409A of the Code.  

(Signatures on following page)

 	2	 	

 
If the terms of this Agreement meet with your approval, please sign and return one copy to me.
Sincerely,

 
/s/ Jill Gold
Jill Gold
SVP – Compensation, Benefits & HRIS

 

 

Agreed to and Accepted:

/s/ Lynda Markoe
Name: Lynda Markoe
 
Date: July 11, 2014

 	 	 	
 	3	 	

Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of J.Crew Group, Inc.
 
Name of Subsidiary	  	Jurisdiction of Incorporation	  	Name under which Subsidiary
Does Business	
J.Crew Operating Corp.	  	Delaware	  	J.Crew Operating Corp.	
J.Crew Inc.	  	Delaware	  	J.Crew Inc.	
Grace Holmes, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	J.Crew Retail Stores	
H.F.D. No. 55, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	J.Crew Factory Stores	
Madewell, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	Madewell Retail Stores	
J.Crew Virginia, Inc.	  	Virginia	  	J.Crew Virginia, Inc.	
J.Crew International, Inc.	  	Delaware	  	J.Crew International, Inc.	
J.Crew Canada Inc.	  	Ontario, Canada	  	J.Crew Canada Inc.	
J.Crew France SAS..	 	France	 	J.Crew France SAS	
J.Crew U.K. Limited	  	United Kingdom	  	J.Crew U.K. Limited	
J.Crew Japan, Ltd.	  	Japan	  	J.Crew Japan, Ltd.	
J.Crew Global Holdings A, LLC	  	Delaware	  	J.Crew Global Holdings A, LLC	
J.Crew Global Holdings Bermuda LP	  	Bermuda	  	J.Crew Global Holdings Bermuda LP	
J.Crew Global Holdings B, LLC	  	Delaware	  	J.Crew Global Holdings B, LLC	
J.Crew Netherlands C.V.	  	Netherlands	  	J.Crew Netherlands C.V.	
J.Crew Hong Kong Services, Limited	  	Hong Kong	  	J.Crew Hong Kong Services, Limited	
J.Crew Hong Kong Limited	  	Hong Kong	  	J.Crew Hong Kong Limited	
J.Crew Asia Limited	  	Hong Kong	  	J.Crew Asia Limited	
J.Crew Hong Kong Intermediate, Ltd.	  	Hong Kong	  	J.Crew Hong Kong Intermediate, Ltd.	
J.Crew Apparel Trading (Shenzhen) Company Limited	  	Shenzhen, PRC	  	J.Crew Apparel Trading (Shenzhen) Company Limited	

Exhibit 24.1
POWER OF ATTORNEY
I hereby appoint Millard Drexler, Joan Durkin and Maria Di Lorenzo my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power to act without the other and each with full power of substitution, to sign on my behalf, as an individual and in the capacity stated below, and to file the Annual Report on Form 10-K of J.Crew Group, Inc. for its fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 and any amendment that such attorney-in-fact may deem appropriate or necessary. I further grant unto such attorneys and each of them full power and authority to perform each and every act necessary to be done in order to accomplish the foregoing as fully as I might do.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this power of attorney as of the 12th day of March, 2015.
 
Signature:	 	/S/     MILLARD D REXLER  	
Print Name:	 	Millard Drexler	
Title:	 	Director	
 	 	 	
Signature:	 	/S/     JAMES COULTER	
Print Name:	 	James Coulter	
Title:	 	Director	
 	 	 	
Signature:	 	/S/     JOHN DANHAKL 	
Print Name:	 	John Danhakl	
Title:	 	Director	
 	 	 	
Signature:	 	/S/     JONATHAN S OKOLOFF	
Print Name:	 	Jonathan Sokoloff	
Title:	 	Director	
 	 	 	
Signature:	 	/S/     STEPHEN SQUERI	
Print Name:	 	Stephen Squeri	
Title:	 	Director	
 	 	 	
Signature:	 	/S/    CARRIE WHEELER	
Print Name:	 	Carrie Wheeler	
Title:	 	Director	

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Millard Drexler, certify that:
1.	I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of J.Crew Group, Inc.;	

2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	

3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	

4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	

a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	

b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	

c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	

d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	

a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	

b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	
Date: March 17, 2015
 
/S/    MILLARD DREXLER	
Millard Drexler
Chief Executive Officer	

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Joan Durkin, certify that:
1.	I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of J.Crew Group, Inc.;	

2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	

3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	

4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	

a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	

b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	

c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	

d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	

a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	

b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	
Date: March 17, 2015
 
/S/    JOAN DURKIN	
Joan Durkin
Interim Chief Financial Officer	

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of J.Crew Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended January 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), we, Millard Drexler, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Joan Durkin, Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1.	The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and	

2.	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	
Date: March 17, 2015
 
/S/     MILLARD DREXLER	
Millard Drexler
Chief Executive Officer	
 	
/S/     JOAN DURKIN	
Joan Durkin
Interim Chief Financial Officer	
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.